units
faculty-pg-med
Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2015 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Eastern Health Clinical School |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Victoria Manning |
This unit provides an introduction and overview to addiction as a concept and the factors that contribute to addiction. Consideration is given to the biological, developmental, sociocultural and environmental and factors that may contribute to the development of addicted behaviour. It will provide in-depth consideration of theories of addiction and resulting models, and will offer critical discourse around the use of the term. Similarly, measurement issues for addiction and dependence will be reviewed and critically analysed including the policy and media uses of 'addiction' and related terms. The topics addressed will also include aetiological issues and developmental issues around substance use and the onset of problems. The concluding topic will be around the experiential effects of substance use and the model of 'drug, set and setting' with implications for the development of a biopsychosocial model. The assessments are designed to assess the student's ability to summarise and critically review the evidence and underlying conceptual models of addiction and the extension of the term beyond substance use to include process addictions such as gambling. The unit will also examine the issue of stigma and its relationship to language and professional descriptions of addictive behaviours. Students completing the module should be able to summarise the key theoretical models of addiction, issues around the utilisation of the term and related issues of stigma and have developed the necessary critical conceptualisations of addiction theory to undertake further Masters level study in this area.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students undertaking fieldwork activity for this unit will be informed of the need to obtain written permission from organisations/individuals they work with and any related issues of confidentiality and anonymity.
Participation in online discussion (Hurdle)
Poster and brief presentation (20 minutes) (30%)
Review of evidence (3,500 words) (30%)
Essay (5,000 words) (40%)
Students enrolling in ASC5001 will be expected to contact the course coordinator regularly throughout the semester and participate in online discussion with fellow students and academic staff. Together with accessing online resources and listening to podcasts etc. students might expect to spend around 4 hours a week online and an additional 20 hours per week in independent study, including reading, research and writing activities.
See also Unit timetable information
Behavioural studies, Psychology, Mental health, Addiction studies
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Eastern Health Clinical School |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Naomi Crafti and Ms Shirley Gill |
This unit explores trends in the use of particular substances and behavioural addictions, including historical precedents, in Australia and other countries. Addiction will be considered with particular reference to special population groups such as people with co-occurring mental health conditions, indigenous populations, youth, older adults, GLBTI groups and transcultural communities. The aim of the module will be to review social norms and expectations, and consider the bases for stigma and discrimination, and mechanisms for destigmatising drug use in these populations.
This unit will be taught through distance education and include topics such as:
The materials for this unit will be provided by academic staff with specialist knowledge of their special population group(s) and include the most recent literature pertaining to these groups. Where possible, input (for example, case studies or stories) from the 'lived experience' of people representing these special population groups will be provided for students.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students enrolled in ASC5002 will be asked to make contact with an agency providing AOD or related services to a particular special population group. They will be asked to report on the activities of the organisation, including the results of a structured interview with at least one member of staff of that service. Students will need to obtain permission from the Director or CEO of that service and adhere to their requirements for confidentiality and/or anonymity.
Participation in online discussion (Hurdle)
Critical book review (3,500 words) (30%)
Systematic review (3,500 words) (30%)
Fieldwork assignment (5,000 words) (40%)
Students enrolling in ASC5002 will be expected to contact the course co-ordinator regularly throughout the semester and participate in online discussion with fellow students and academic staff. Together with accessing online resources and listening to podcasts etc. students might expect to spend around 4 hours a week online and an additional 20 hours per week in independent study, including reading, research and writing activities.
See also Unit timetable information
Behavioural studies, Psychology, Mental health, Addiction studies.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Eastern Health Clinical School |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Belinda Lloyd and Prof Robin Room |
This unit considers the socio-historical precedents of drug policy and the public health responses to drug use. It aims to compare and contrast the differences seen in policy and public health measures employed around the world and the results of these measures. Considered will be the role of supply and demand reduction around illicit drugs, and issues of price and availability for alcohol. It will assess the effectiveness of different forms of intervention at individual, group and population level, including prevention, harm minimisation and treatment, in managing problem use.
The unit will be taught through distance education and include topics such as:
The materials for this unit will be provided by academic staff with specialist knowledge of population based research in the addiction field and its translation to public health policy, and will include the most recent research in this area.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Participate in online discussion (Hurdle)
Article review: Review of evidence base (3,000 words) (30%)
Essay (3,000 words) (30%)
Policy analysis (4,000 words) (40%)
Students enrolling in ASC5003 will be expected to contact the course co-ordinator regularly throughout the semester and participate in online discussion with fellow students and academic staff. Together with accessing online resources and listening to podcasts etc. students might expect to spend around 4 hours a week online and an additional 20 hours per week in independent study, including reading, research and writing activities.
See also Unit timetable information
Behavioural studies, Psychology, Mental health, Addiction studies
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Eastern Health Clinical School |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Victoria Manning and Dr Shalini Arunogiri |
This unit explores the range of evidence based treatment approaches to addiction from pharmacotherapy approaches such as withdrawal management to psychosocial interventions like Cognitive Behavioural Therapies, and social solutions such as peer support. Students will be provided with a rationale for alcohol, drug and gambling treatment and an overview of the effectiveness of a range of treatment interventions for alcohol, licit and illicit drugs and for gambling. They will consider the evidence about what works, for whom, in what situations.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Participation in online discussion (Hurdle)
Literature review (3,000 words) (30%)
Critical essay (3,000 words) (30%)
Case study (5,000 words) (40%)
Students enrolling in ASC5004 will be expected to contact the course co-ordinator regularly throughout the semester and participate in online discussion with fellow students and academic staff. Together with accessing online resources and listening to podcasts etc. students might expect to spend around 4 hours a week online and an additional 20 hours per week in independent study, including reading, research and writing activities.
See also Unit timetable information
Behavioural studies, Psychology, Mental health, Addiction studies.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Eastern Health Clinical School |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof David Best |
Recovery is a new area of research within the fields of addiction and mental health but one that has gained considerable policy and practice debate in the US, UK and Australia, and that is closely linked to the desistance movement in criminal justice. This unit explores what is known so far, what the key issues are in this area, and arguments around the definition of recovery, and the merits of a recovery approach, with its origins in positive psychology, mutual aid and the patient empowerment movement. The aim of the unit is to introduce the concepts and philosophy of recovery, the evidence base as it stands to date and the challenges it poses to current interpretations of existing models, in particular expert-driven treatment.
Students completing this unit should be able to argue for their own conceptualisation of recovery in light of available evidence, and apply their view of recovery to current policy and practice. They will also be able to critically appraise the risks and benefits of a recovery model and be able to outline its impact for addiction, criminal justice and mental health policy and practice.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Participation in online discussion (Hurdle)
A critical appraisal (written) (2,500 words) (20%)
Essay (written) (3,500 words) (30%)
Long essay (written) (6,000 words) (50%)
Students enrolling in ASC5007 will be expected to contact the unit coordinator(s) regularly throughout the semester and participate in online discussions with fellow students and academic staff. Students should expect to spend around 24 hours a week of self-directed learning. This includes accessing online lectures, podcasts and resources as well as participating in forum discussions questions and quizzes via Moodle in addition to conducting offline independent study such as reading, research and writing activities.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Eastern Health Clinical School |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Victoria Manning |
This unit provides an overview of the key considerations for clinicians, policy makers, researchers and service providers working with individuals who have a co-occurring disorders (i.e. alcohol or drug disorders that exist alongside mental health or physical health disorders). It will present the latest research findings on effective identification, management and treatment of this complex challenging population. Emphasis will be on disorders that commonly co-exist alongside drug and alcohol disorders, including alcohol and anxiety/depression, tobacco/alcohol and cardiovascular disease, acquired brain injury, intravenous drug use and infectious diseases as well as misuse of licit and illicit substances among individuals with severe mental illness, such as cannabis and schizophrenia. Whilst the unit encourages critical appraisal of the major theoretical concepts, it adopts a more applied approach including an introduction to the principles of case-formulation and the development of treatment plans.
Unit topics will include taxonomy and definitions of co-occurring disorders, prevalence and common co-occurring conditions, and will examine the multi-axial needs and unique challenges of working with this population. The module will look at conceptual models in relation to the aetiology of co-occurring disorders, methods of detection, screening and assessment as well as models of treatment and service delivery. The module will also examine the evidence for the effectiveness of population and service responses, as well as the role of motivational interviewing, cognitive behavioural therapy and mutual aid groups, in managing this population, including specifically-tailored psychosocial interventions. Evidence for medical management of this population will be explored, including pharmacological approaches.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Participation in online discussions (Hurdle)
Proposal for a co-occurring disorders screening battery (Written) (3,000 words) (25%)
Case study: Formulation and treatment plan (30 minutes oral presentation) (25%)
Essay (6,000 words) (50%)
Students enrolling in ASC5008 will be expected to contact the unit coordinator(s) regularly throughout the semester and participate in online discussion with fellow students and academic staff. Students should expect to spend around 24 hours a week of self-directed learning. This includes accessing online lectures, podcasts and resources as well as participating in forum discussions questions and quizzes via Moodle in addition to conducting offline independent study such as reading, research and writing activities.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Eastern Health Clinical School |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Shirley Gill and Ms Bonnie Wells |
This unit explores the biological, psychological and social developmental processes involved in substance use and other addictive behaviours, and examines the impact of addictions on children, adolescents and families. This unit also examines contemporary government and societal responses to youth substance use, and the evidence for a range of prevention, early intervention and treatment interventions.
The unit reviews child and adolescent biopsychosocial development followed by an overview of the prevalence and patterns of substance use and other addictive behaviours in these populations. This will form the basis for an exploration of substance use through the life course including emerging and older adulthood. It will also form the basis for understanding youth culture and youth subcultural influences on addictive behaviours, and the impact of parents' and young people's drug use on their families. There will an emphasis on youth-focused prevention, early intervention and treatment initiatives. In particular, the evidence for school-based interventions, family focused interventions and youth-focused AOD treatment services will be evaluated and critiqued. Finally, government policies relevant to youth issues including social media will be critically evaluated.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students enrolled in ASC5009 will be asked to make contact with a school which provides a schools-based early intervention program. Alternatively, they may contact a youth specific agency which provides an early intervention or treatment program for addictive behaviours. Students will be asked to audit the program by interviewing key stakeholders at the school or agency such as the school principal or CEO, teacher or clinician and parents. They will then be asked to provide a written report of the program's activities and make recommendations. Students will need to obtain permission from the CEO or School Principal and adhere to their requirements for confidentiality and/or anonymity.
Participation in online discussion (Hurdle)
Assignment: poster presentation with supporting notes (written) (2,000 words) (20%)
Essay: topic of choice in negotiation with the unit co-ordinator (written) (4,000 words) (30%)
Field assignment: audit of a youth specific early intervention or treatment program (written) (6,000 words) (50%)
Students enrolling in ASC5009 will be expected to contact the unit coordinator(s) regularly throughout the semester and participate in online discussion with fellow students and academic staff. Students should expect to spend around 24 hours a week of self-directed learning. This includes accessing online lectures, podcasts and resources as well as participating in forum discussions questions and quizzes via Moodle in addition to conducting offline independent study such as reading, research and writing activities.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Eastern Health Clinical School |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Naomi Crafti |
This subject will define and present the latest research in the aetiology, maintenance, treatment and recovery from gambling and other process addictions. Process addictions involve dependence to certain mood-altering behaviours, such as gambling, eating disorders, sexual activity, the internet or gaming and shopping/hoarding behaviours. While the main focus of this subject will be on problem gambling, the generalisation of underlying principles to other problem behaviours will be described and discussed. Some of the areas to be covered in this unit include; definitions and features of behavioural addictions, prevention and treatment programs for behavioural addictions and public health issues.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Participation in online discussions (Hurdle)
Participation in an online debate (written) (1,500 words) (15%)
Case study (written) (4,500 words) (30%)
Essay (written) (6,500 words) (55%)
Students enrolling in ASC5010 will be expected to contact the unit coordinator(s) regularly throughout the semester and participate in online discussion with fellow students and academic staff. Students should expect to spend around 24 hours a week of self-directed learning. This includes accessing online lectures, podcasts and resources as well as participating in forum discussions questions and quizzes via Moodle in addition to conducting offline independent study such as reading, research and writing activities.
See also Unit timetable information
Addiction studies, Behavioural studies, Psychology, Mental health.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Claire Palermo |
Public health nutrition addresses the prevention and management of diseases at a population level. This unit will cover the theoretical underpinnings of public health, health promotion and health education and focus on strategies that address the major nutrition related diseases and issues affecting the Australian population. The theories of program planning will be used to inform the basis of planning, implementing and evaluating public health nutrition interventions across a continuum of strategies and these strategies critiqued using the literature and policy analysis and evaluative frameworks.
Upon completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
Assignments (60%)
Exam (40%)
1 week intensive plus 1 x 3 hour classroom sessions for 10 weeks of semester.
See also Unit timetable information
BND5200 and BND4111
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jill Gray |
This unit focuses on the essential clinical practice skills required for adequate performance as a clinician in a community mental health setting. The unit addresses psychiatric assessment, the use of a structured instrument (e.g. HONOS) and specific assessment issues that arise in different clinical scenarios. The unit also covers case management principles and practical issues in mental health delivery with an emphasis on some special focus areas. The unit also addresses the theoretical framework and management of schizophrenia and related disorders, affective disorders, anxiety disorders, substance abuse disorders and personality disorders.
Content includes:
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Hurdle requirement: Participation in a minimum of 5 Moodle discussions
Essay (3,500 words) (60%)
Applied Learning Exercise (1,750 words) (30%)
On-Campus Workshop/Alternative Assessment (10%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jill Gray |
This unit explores historical, social and political factors influencing the evolution of mental health services in Australia and the major shifts over time in the treatment and care of people with a mental illness. The unit begins with an examination of the theoretical perspectives, influences and trends in mental health care, and moves to a focus on the Australian mental health care system and how it responds to the needs of the Australian community.
Two particular areas of need and experience are considered, those of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people and those of people from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds.
The mental health service system in different states and territories is examined and the emerging participation of primary care services in delivering mental health care. The unit concludes with a consideration of the mental health service system's responsibility and response with regard to the human rights of people with mental illness.
Contents include:
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Hurdle requirement: Participation in a minimum of 5 x Moodle discussions
Essay (3,500 words) (60%)
Applied learning exercise (1,750 words) (30%)
On-campus workshop / Alternative assessment (10%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jill Gray |
The unit will provide a basic understanding of scientific research in mental health and the methods of evaluation of the practice. There will be topics on medical and biopsychosocial models, psychodynamic principles, cognitive-behavioural models, and role of prevention in mental health. The unit also covers the process involved in multi-disciplinary team functioning, role of other stakeholders, consumers and the function of various disciplines. There will be an emphasis on understanding the mental health care system and various service models and the subject will conclude with an integration of all topics covered in the context of community mental health service. Content includes:
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay (3,500 words) (60%)
Applied Learning Exercise (1,750 words) (30%)
On-Campus Workshop / Alternative Assessment (10%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jill Gray |
This unit considers some of the broad issues that are significant in mental health and wellbeing and community mental health practice. The unit will take us beyond the individual explanations of health and ill health to an examination of some of the broad understandings about the courses of mental ill health and the strategies required to improve mental health. We examine the concept of need in relation to populations and take a practical approach to the process of assessing the mental health needs of populations and groups. Two major community intervention strategies to address mental health needs are examined. The role of consumer participation and collaboration and the notion of citizenship are explored in some detail. The unit concludes with a discussion of the skill base required for community mental health practice.
Contents include:
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Hurdle requirement: Participation in a minimum of 5 Moodle discussions
Essay (3,500 words) (60%)
Applied Learning Exercise (1,750 words) (30%)
On-Campus Workshop / Alternate Assessment (10%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Chris Plakiotis |
This unit encompasses a broad range of topics within the area of aged mental health, including depression, anxiety, dementia, delirium, delusional disorders as well as other conditions. The central elements to psychiatric assessment are covered including presentation and history taking, symptom recognition, cognitive and neuropsychological testing as well as treatment and management principles. Various case scenarios provide examples of key issues that can arise, the course of an illness as well as the application of appropriate therapeutic strategies. This unit also draws attention to aspects of successful ageing, as well as indigenous mental health, service delivery, psychopharmacology and protection issues surrounding the vulnerable elderly person.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Participation in a minimum of 5 x Moodle discussions (Hurdle)
Essay (3,000 words) (45%)
Applied learning exercise (3,000 words) (45%)
On-campus workshop / Alternative assessment (10%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Shiva Vasi |
The effects of cultural background on the definitions of mental illnesses and the implications of cultural and community structures for the delivery of mental health services. Major areas covered include adaptation and acculturation, characteristics of Aboriginal and ethnic communities in Australia, racism and prejudice, the mental health of Aboriginal and immigrant communities in Australia, cultural assumptions of standard methods of assessment and treatment, explanatory models of illness, State mental health policy, psychiatric service utilisation, and gaps in current service provision.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay (3,000 words) (50%)
Applied Learning Exercises (1,500 words) (25%)
On-campus Workshop / Alternative Assessment (10%)
Moodle participation and contribution (15%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Emma Toone |
This unit aims to enable students to have a familiarity with and a knowledge of some of the theories on which the understanding of child development and the practice of child psychotherapy are based. It is designed to give students knowledge of human development from three theoretical perspectives and thereby enable them to have a theoretical basis for their practice of observation, assessment and case management. The theoretical perspectives to be studied in this unit will be those of Sigmund Freud, Anna Freud and John Bowlby.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment (900 words) (15%)
Written assignment (1,800 words) (30%)
Essay (2,100 words) (35%)
Attendance at On-campus workshop / Alternative Assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jennifer Re |
This unit will explore the history, theory and principles of Developmental Observation and its relevance to clinical and consultative work with children and adolescents. There will be a consideration of the nature of the links between observation and the developmental theories. Students will be able to explore these areas both through the context of the course work and prescribed observations of children in their naturalistic settings.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment 1 (20%)
Written assignment 2 (20%)
Essay (40%)
On-campus workshop / Alternative assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marita Lowry |
This unit will consider the theories of Donald Winnicott and Melanie Klein and their relevance to understanding the psychological development of children and adolescents in terms of both healthy development and the development of psychopathology. The unit will also examine the relevance of these theories to working therapeutically with children and adolescents.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment (40%)
Journal 1 (20%)
Journal 2 (20%)
On-campus workshop / Alternative assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
CPS5001 (DCP0001).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Toni Heron |
This unit is designed to present an introduction to the conceptual framework and guidelines for the methodology of the psycho-dynamic assessment of psychological disturbance in children and adolescents. It will introduce students to disturbances in normal psychological development and the clinical concepts of assessment that are based on psychodynamic and developmental principles.
It will consider interviewing and observational methods with children and adolescents that enable psychological data to be collected and understood. It will also demonstrate the complex task of integrating information from several different sources to provide a diagnostic assessment of the individual nature and degree of disturbance presented, and the extent to which that interferes with the child's normal development and functioning.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Report A (10%)
Report B (10%)
Report C (20%)
Essay (40%)
On-campus Workshop / Alternative Assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Alexis Aytekin |
This unit will outline the principles of Child Psychotherapy from a developmental and psychoanalytic perspective. It will address the context and boundaries of therapy and explore ways the child communicates in therapy. It will also address issues of technique including the therapeutic use of the relationship between the child and the psychotherapist being the central tool in ongoing clinical work; the process of observing, hearing and interpretation in psychotherapy; issues of termination: and the structure, significance and dynamics of this process.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to have an understanding and knowledge of:
Written assignment 1 (20%)
Written assignment 2 (20%)
Essay (40%)
On-campus workshop / Alternative assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ros Webb |
This unit will present a psychodynamic framework for adolescent developmental tasks, as well as associated problems and disturbances. It will also look at both general and phase specific principles and issues in psychotherapy with adolescents for the professionals as well as for the adolescents themselves.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment 1 (20%)
Written assignment 2 (20%)
Essay (40%)
On-campus workshop / Alternative assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marell Lynch |
This unit is designed to present an introduction to the theoretical principles underlying the practice of short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy and crisis work. Areas covered will include assessment and treatment issues.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment 1 (40%)
Written assignment 2 (40%)
On-campus Workshop / Alternative Assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nada Lane |
This unit will examine an understanding of the role of parents in their child's development and different ways of working with parents from a psychodynamic and developmental perspective. Consideration will be made of the following ways of working with parents and the similarities and difference in the models: parent therapy; parent and child work combined; short-term and crisis work with parents; parent counselling; parent education; marital therapy/counselling; individual therapy/counselling.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment 1 (15%)
Written assignment 2 (25%)
Essay (40%)
On-campus workshop / Alternative assessment (20%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Rory Wolfe |
Confounding and effect modification, logistic regression, conditional logistic regression for matched case-control studies, linear regression, diagnostics to assess model fit, model estimation methods, Poisson regression for rates, Stata statistical software.
On successful completion of this unit students will have:
Two written assignments (50% each).
2 x 2 block days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robert Hall |
Supervised practical placement in University Departments and Centres, hospitals, affiliated research Institutes, community health services, non-government organisations or the Dept of Human Services. Giving students the opportunity to interact with practising public health professionals. Students are co-supervised by a member of the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences academic staff.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Written report 100%
DPH6001 and DPH6002
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jon-Paul Cacioli |
Psychopathology Part I and II are designed to impart students with a working knowledge of mental disorders. The units also aim to equip students with the clinical skills required to assess, formulate and diagnose clients presenting with a variety of clinical conditions.
At the end of this unit, students should be able to:
Satisfactory Class Participation 10%
Mental Status Examination 1 (1000 words) 10%
Mental Status Examination 2 (1000 words) 10%
Psychological Report (1500 words) 30%
End of semester test 40%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rene Stolwyk |
Students will be introduced to general principles of psychological assessment across the lifespan, including ethical and cultural issues, reliability and validity, sensitivity and specificity, error types and bias prevention, statistical and clinical significance, and the effect of base rates. They will learn how to apply behavioural assessment techniques. They will be exposed to a range of tests and scales assessing important aspects of cognitive and emotional functioning and they will learn the background theory of these measures, as well as how to administer, score and interpret them. They will learn how to integrate and interpret psychological assessment results and communicate this information in both written and oral form.
On completion of this unit students should:
Satisfactory attendance and participation are required to pass the unit.
Psychometric Measure Evaluation (20%)
Behavioural Assessment (30%)
WAIS-IV, WMS-IV & MMP1-2 Administration (Hurdle)
WAIS-IV OSCE Examination (Hurdle)
Psychological report (50%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Katrina Simpson |
This unit will equip students with the necessary skills to undertake research. Nonetheless, the primary motivation for this course concerns future employment. Research design and analysis are critical components of both academic and professional psychology.
This unit equips students with the necessary skills they need to design research and analyse data for their thesis, placements, and employment. After completing this unit successfully, students should be able to undertake a comprehensive program evaluation as well as a single subject design, and complete their thesis, confidently, competently, and independently.
Specifically, students should be able to:
The assessment will comprise two components: a journal (60%) and a multiple-choice examination (40%).
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michael Daffern |
A range of topics associated with the provision of psychological services, including basic counselling skills, review of relevant legislation and ethical/professional standards, and developing ethically and culturally sensitive psychological practice. This unit comprises a two day workshop, held prior to the commencement of formal course-work and seminars. Material will be presented in various formats including didactic teaching, small group exercises and role plays. The workshop and seminars will be supplemented by readings and handouts.
The primary aim in this unit is to:
Self Assessment (Hurdle)
Examination (80%)
Class presentation (20%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kate Taylor |
The aim of this unit is to ensure that students are familiar with disorders that occur during childhood and adolescence. Diagnosis and classification, aetiology of the major disorders occurring in childhood and adolescence, as well as the major forms of treatment and management based on recent research will be covered. Various disorders will be examined including autism, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, anxiety disorders, and depression. Students will be expected to develop competence in the application of diagnostic classification systems to children but also will be encouraged to critically evaluate such systems and be aware of their limitations in paediatric populations. A component of this unit will be devoted to formal psychological, especially cognitive, assessment of children and adolescents. Although the major focus of this unit will be on the identification and assessment of disorders and assessment of cognitive abilities in children, the use of various treatment modalities with children, adolescents, and their families will also be discussed with an emphasis on cognitive behavioural approaches. The final sessions of this unit will focus on clinical developmental issues later in life.
At the end of this unit, students should be able to:
Children (WISC-IV);
WISC-IV assessment. (20%).
a brief report (1000 words) 30%
Examination 50%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
Students will develop an understanding of the role of the Clinical Neuropsychologist and of legal and ethical principles governing research and professional practice in psychology. Students will review relevant legislation and ethical/professional standards and develop ethically and culturally sensitive psychological practices. They will learn how to work with other professionals and develop the skills to conduct a clinical interview, take a case history, and write a report. Students will observe at least one neuropsychological assessment.
The primary aim in this unit is to equip students with the basic skills necessary for their entrance into the profession of Clinical Neuropsychology. When students have completed this unit they will:
Satisfactory attendance and participation are required to pass the unit.
Assessment tasks include:
A history-taking exercise (Hurdle Requirement);
A case report (Hurdle Requirement);
Examination (80%)
Class presentation (20%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Russell Conduit and Professor Julie Stout |
This subject reviews the neuroanatomy of the human brain and spinal cord at the level of detail required by the practicing clinical neuropsychologist. Emphasis is placed on structure-function relationships, and how different brain regions interact to regulate complex cognitive skills. Students also learn about the clinical neurological examination and neuroimaging, with an emphasis placed on what these methods allow us to infer regarding underlying neuroanatomy and lesions. In addition, students will learn about neurogenetics, and how genetic disorders link to variations in neuroanatomy that underpin behavioural manifestations of these neurogenetic disorders. Students learn:
At the completion of the subject, students should
Weekly assignments 80% final assessment 20%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jon-Paul Cacioli |
Psychopathology Part I and II are designed to impart students with a working knowledge of mental disorders. The units also aim to equip students with the clinical skills required to assess, formulate and diagnose clients presenting with a variety of clinical conditions. In addition, the unit will include an introduction to drug classifications; legal control of drug use; pharmacokinetics; variability in response to drugs;chemical transmission and receptors.
At the end of this unit, students should be able to:
incorporating a mental status examination;
Class Participation - Hurdle requirement
Psychiatric History Report (1500 words) - 15%
Clinical Case Report (3000 words) - 25%
Test - 20%
Examination - 20%
Essay (2000 words) - 20%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
Each session will include both lecture and experiential components. Experiential components will include group discussion, viewing and discussion of video tapes, skills practice with other group members, feedback/discussion of taped practice sessions, and providing resources for use in providing CBT therapy.
Students completing the initial sessions of this unit should have a basic understanding of a range of different schools of therapy and the historical, scientific and social contexts surrounding their development and practice. Students should be conversant with the specific assumptions, concepts and techniques of the major schools of therapy and have some knowledge of relevant outcome literature. In addition, students should have a thorough understanding of the processes common to all forms of intervention. By the end of the unit, students should have proficiency in the particular skills of behavioural and cognitive-behavioural therapies and their application to a range of clinical problems. Students will be expected to be competent in selecting interventions for individuals and monitoring the progress of their application.
Presentation 1 (Hurdle)
Audiotape (Hurdle)
Class Participation (Hurdle)
Quiz (Hurdle)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Julie Stout |
Neuropsychological disorders will be considered from perspectives taken in cognitive psychology and cognitive neuropsychology. In particular, there will be an emphasis on establishing frameworks for conceptualising neuropsychological features of neurological and psychiatric conditions, and frameworks for approaching clinical assessment and rehabilitation.
On completion of this unit students will:
2 x assignments (10% each)
4 x assignments (15% each)
Visual-graphic assignment (20%)
Oral presentation (hurdle requirement)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jennie Ponsford |
Students will observe oral case presentations given by experienced clinicians and other students. They will be exposed to a variety of different presentation styles designed to cater for specific audiences and will learn to evaluate case material in an objective and critical manner. They will participate in discussions of clinical issues and recent developments in the field of Clinical Neuropsychology and will be challenged to remain informed about such developments and issues.
The primary aim of this unit is to provide students with an opportunity to observe and participate in oral presentations of case material and other professional issues at the same time as they commence their first clinical placement.
When students have completed the unit they will:
Class Contribution 25%
Oral Presentation 75%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rene Stolwyk |
Students will be introduced to the scientist-practitioner model of neuropsychology incorporating the hypothesis testing approach to assessment. Students will be exposed to a number of neuropsychological tests and scales, designed to assess aspects of cognitive, behavioural and emotional functioning. They will learn how to select which tests are most appropriate in specific clinical situations and how to administer, score and interpret each measure. The skills required to document the assessment results will be imparted. Issues in assessing people from other cultural and linguistic backgrounds will also be discussed. On a broader level, students will be taught to be critical consumers of the neuropsychological literature.
The primary aim of this unit is theoretical and practical, being to introduce students to an overarching approach to neuropsychological assessment and case formulation, as well as test selection, administration, scoring and interpretation.
At the conclusion of this unit students will:
Take Home excersise 50%
Oral Presentation 50%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jennie Ponsford |
In this unit students will become familiar with a number of neuropsychological syndromes. Sessions will feature guest lecturers who are experts in their fields.
The primary aim of this unit is to provide students with the knowledge required to recognise, describe and assess a number of common neuropsychological syndromes.
On completion of the unit students will:
Weekly take-home assessment (100%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stefan Luebbers and Dr Adam McKay |
The DPsych program has established a network of placements in a variety of settings within which students can receive appropriate practica training. The practica coordinator and staff at the agency arrange the placements. Student preferences, practica availability and student training needs are taken account of in this process. Which agency and supervisor, number of days for the practica and also the commencement and completion dates are specified. Students are not permitted to negotiate their own practica or change any practica arrangements without first obtaining approval from the University Practica Coordinator.
On completion of the initial practicum, students will be:
Placement Contract (Hurdle)
Mid-placement Review (Hurdle)
Student Diary (Hurdle)
Student Case/Logbook (Hurdle)
Supervisor Logbook (Hurdle)
Final Student Assessment Report (Hurdle)
Final Supervisor Assessment Report (Hurdle)
Participation in OSCE (Hurdle)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
Students completing the unit will have further developed their skills in therapeutic techniques and delivery of treatment in CBT and other integrative treatments for treatment of a variety of disorders, acquire the knowledge and skills to design focused treatment plans, appropriately implement treatment as required by a placement setting under supervision, report intervention outcomes appropriately, and have an understanding of the underlying theories of such interventions.
Students completing the unit should be conversant with the specific assumpions, concepts and techniques of the major schools of therapy and have some knowledge of relevant outcome literature. In addition, students should have a thorough understanding of the process common to all forms of intervention. By the end of the unit, students should have proficiency in the particular skills of behavioural and cognitive-behavioural therapies and their application to a range of clinical problems. Students will to be competent in selecting interventions for individuals and monitoring the progress of their application.
Case Study 1 (20%)
Case Study 2 (25%)
Resource Book (20%)
Psychological Assessment Report (35%)
3 hour seminar per week
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Antonio Verdejo-Garcia |
The unit will cover the following topics.
On completion of the unit students should:
Take-Home Examination (100%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Katherine Lawrence |
This unit provides an advanced level introduction to the growing field of health psychology. The major systems of the body that underlie health and illness will be reviewed, including the nervous system, endocrine system, immune system and cardiovascular system. The prevalence of major chronic diseases will be discussed and factors related to prevalence. Behaviour and lifestyle as they relate to health and illness will be reviewed. Health promotion and the prevention of disease will be discussed.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that students will be able to:
Case Report (50%)
Examination (50%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jennie Ponsford |
Students will observe oral case presentations given by experienced clinicians and other students and will present their own cases. They will be exposed to a variety of different presentation styles designed to cater for specific audiences and will learn to evaluate case material in an objective and critical manner. They will participate in discussions of clinical issues and recent developments in the field of Clinical Neuropsychology and will be challenged to remain informed about such developments and issues.
The primary aim of this unit is to provide students with an opportunity to practice giving oral presentations of case material. A secondary aim is to provide a forum in which students may discuss other professional issues of interest to them.
On completion of this unit students will:
Class Contribution 25%
Oral Presentation 75%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stefan Luebbers and Dr Adam McKay |
The DPsych program has established a network of placements in a variety of settings within which students can receive appropriate practica training. The practica coordinator and staff at the agency arrange the placements. Student preferences, practica availability and student training needs are taken account of in this process. Which agency and supervisor, number of days for the practica and also the commencement and completion dates are specified. Students are not permitted to negotiate their own practica or change any practica arrangements without first obtaining approval from the University Practica Coordinator.
On completion of the intermediate practicum, students should have:
Placement Contract (Hurdle)
Mid-placement Review (Hurdle)
Student Diary (Hurdle)
Student Case/Logbook (Hurdle)
Supervisor Logbook (Hurdle)
Final Student Assessment Report (Hurdle)
Final Supervisor Assessment Report (Hurdle)
Participate in OSCE (Hurdle)
Clinical Report (Hurdle)
DPSY5299
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rene Stolwyk |
This unit provides students with information on the roles of the neuropsychologist within the health setting, the assessment techniques commonly used by neuropsychologists, common neuropsychological syndromes, and the process of rehabilitation for those with neuropsychological impairment.
On completion of the course students should:
Class Participation (Hurdle)
Case report Series (100%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Renee Testa |
Students will become familiar with the use of appropriate paediatric neuropsychology assessment tools and will learn the skills required to obtain a comprehensive history from parents, teachers, hospital case notes and other relevant information sources. Assessment and management of the behavioural consequences of neuropsychological deficits will be discussed, together with the provision of parent education and school interventions. The importance of conveying neuropsychological findings and recommendation in a clear and interpretable manner for non-psychology professionals, such as teachers and careers, will also be an area of focus.
On completion of this unit students will:
Assessment will be based on three components, each of which will be graded.
Test administration: 35%
Essay/Report: 35%
Written assignment: 30%
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jennie Ponsford |
Students will observe oral case presentations given by experienced clinicians and other students and will present their own cases. They will be exposed to a variety of different presentation styles designed to cater for specific audiences and will learn to evaluate case material in an objective and critical manner. They will participate in discussions of clinical issues and recent developments in the field of Clinical Neuropsychology and will be challenged to remain informed about such developments and issues.
The primary aim of this unit is to provide students with an opportunity to observe and practice giving oral presentations of case material. A secondary aim is to provide a forum in which students can discuss other professional issues of interest to them.
On completion of the unit students will:
Class contributions (25%)
Oral presentation (75%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jennie Ponsford |
Students will develop an understanding of strategies used to manage neuropsychologically impaired individuals and will learn how to assess the efficacy of techniques used to rehabilitation and management. Participants will receive information from other allied health professional, rehabilitative approaches used by these professions and discuss how a multidisciplinary approach can be used to provide substantial benefits to the brain-injured individual.
This unit aims to equip students with the conceptual information necessary for them to work effectively in a rehabilitation setting.
On completion of the unit students will:
Take-home exercise (20%)
Case report (80%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stefan Luebbers and Dr Adam McKay |
The DPsych program has established a network of placements in a variety of settings within which students can receive appropriate practica training. The practica coordinator and staff at the agency arrange the placements. Student preferences, practica availability and student training needs are taken account of in this process. Which agency and supervisor, number of days for the practica and also the commencement and completion dates are specified. Students are not permitted to negotiate their own practica or change any practica arrangements without first obtaining approval from the University Practica Coordinator.
By the end of the advanced practicum, students' skills should be extended to:
Placement Contract (Hurdle)
Mid-placement Review (Hurdle)
Student Diary (Hurdle)
Student Case/Logbook (Hurdle)
Supervisor Logbook (Hurdle)
Final Student Assessment Report (Hurdle)
Final Supervisor Assessment Report (Hurdle)
Participate in OSCE (Hurdle)
Clinical Report (Hurdle)
DPSY5299 and DPSY6199
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology or Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kate Taylor |
The Specialised Clinical Practicum provides students with opportunity to directly contribute to service delivery by participating in the planning and provision of clinical psychological assessment and treatment to a range of individuals in a variety of settings. At this stage of their training students will be expected to carry a client load with minimal supervisory support. The location of the specialised practicum will be negotiated with individual students, taking into account their preferences and their need for specialised skill acquisition, but options include forensic settings, child and adolescent mental health services, psychiatry units of private and public hospitals, and specialised health services. The aim of the Specialised Clinical Practicum is for students to gain proficiency in their clinical psychology skills or to consolidate skills in specialist areas.
On completion of the unit students will be able to develop and deliver assessment and intervention strategies which reflect an understanding of the current knowledge of best practice in clinical psychology.
On completion of the unit students will be able to provide input at the organisational level.
On completion of the unit students will demonstrate a sound understanding of clinical psychological principles and how these are implemented within service delivery systems.
On completion of the unit students will understand fully the role of a clinical psychologist at an organisational level, and the contributions that a clinical psychologist makes to a service delivery system.
On completion of the unit students will be able to recognise when input from a senior member of staff is required and be able to seek out this input in a timely and professional manner.
Placement Contract (Hurdle)
Mid-placement Review (Hurdle)
Student Diary (Hurdle)
Student Case/Logbook (Hurdle)
Supervisor Logbook (Hurdle)
Final Student Assessment Report (Hurdle)
Final Supervisor Assessment Report (Hurdle)
2 Clinical Reports (50% each)
16 hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
DPSY5299, DPSY6199, DPSY6299
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Adam McKay |
The unit will begin with an examination of relevant legislation. Using both seminars and practical sessions, students will then learn how to conduct psychological assessments of children, adolescents and/or families in contested custody and access determinations, and in protective and criminal proceedings. Treatment issues will also be examined.
Class Participation (10%)
Report (3000 words) (90%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit covers the application of and development of students' skills in the application of clinical psychology training to mental health and health settings. The field of clinical psychology will be extended to include advanced theoretical frameworks and treatments that include linking psychological and physical aspects of health and illness to specialised areas of clinical psychology, such as serious mental health illness and disorders and in the context of clinical health issues and disorders. The focus will include appropriate assessment skills for various health and mental health contexts.
On completion of the unit students will be familiar with the field of clinical psychology as applied to mental health and health settings and have knowledge of the theoretical frameworks relevant to this field. They will have a better understanding of the psychological processes associated with various mental health and related conditions and the way developmental stages affect responses to illness.
Students will be expected to:
Class Participation (Hurdle)
2 Written Assessments (100%)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Nicole Rinehart |
The focus of this unit is on clinical assessment and intervention/management in the field of child and adolescent clinical psychology. Commensurate with the advanced training context of this unit, the content will include a sequence of topics which extend the topics included in the Introductory unit which all students complete in Year 1 (see Clinical Developmental Psychology DSY5105). This Unit will include complex child and adolescent case presentations by senior clinicians in the field. Students will also be required to present cases which relate to their clinical training in the Doctorate program. In addition some specific topics such as: trauma, critical incidents, the use of projective assessment techniques, and group therapy, are included in the seminar topics. Students are expected to demonstrate their knowledge of these areas in their clinical case discussions and written assessment tasks.
On completion of this unit, students will have:
Group Proposal (80%)
Class Participation (20%)
Infant Observation (Hurdle)
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Adam McKay |
The advanced specialist practicum provides students with opportunity to directly contribute to service delivery by participating in the planning and provision of neuropsychological assessment and treatment to a range of persons with relatively complicated presentations. At this stage of their training students will be expected to carry a client load with minimal supervisory support. The location of the specialised practicum will be negotiated with individual students, taking into account their preferences and their need for specialised skill acquisition, but options will include rehabilitation, developmental neuropsychology, neuropsychiatry, neurogeriatrics and forensic neuropsychology.
By the end of the advanced specialist practicum, students' skills and knowledge in a particular area of clinical neuropsychology should be extensive.
On completion of the unit students will:
Placement Contract (Hurdle)
Mid-placement Review (Hurdle)
Student Diary (Hurdle)
Student Case/Logbook (Hurdle)
Supervisor Logbook (Hurdle)
Final Student Assessment Report (Hurdle)
Final Supervisor Assessment Report (Hurdle)
DPSY5299, DPSY6199, DPSY6299
Must be enrolled in Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Neuropsychology
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Adam McKay |
The unit will commence with an examination of theories of crime and criminal behaviour, with particular attention being given to psychological research on specific groups of offenders (e.g., murderers, shoplifters, arsonists, pathological gamblers, sexual offenders). Through practical sessions and seminars, students will develop some expertise in providing expert evidence in criminal cases, with such issues as fitness to plead intoxication and intent, diminished responsibility, insanity, automatism, infanticide, psychological syndromes, and mitigating factors receiving particular attention. Finally, theories and techniques of intervention with offenders will be examined.
On completion of this unit students should:
Class Participation (Hurdle Requirement)
Written Assignment (100%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Adam McKay |
The subject will commence with an overview of the civil arena and examination of the concept of tort liability for negligence. Seminars will focus on personal injury litigation (including such issues as workers' compensation, "compensation neurosis" and "functional overlay", assessing psychological impairment, post traumatic stress disorder, head injury and its sequelae, chronic pain, occupational stress, compensation and recovery). Students will observe the operation of various tribunals and boards and observe psychologists conducting assessments in civil matters (e.g., personal injury, guardianship and administration, testamentary capacity).
On completion of this unit, students should:
2 Reports (Hurdle)
Class Participation (Hurdle)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Julie Simpson |
Introduction to a variety of health-related data collection sources, calculation of population fertility, mortality & morbidity rates, health service utilisation measures, disease registration & reporting. Use of direct & indirect age standardisation, life expectancy calculations, valid comparisons & health differentials. Development, design & delivery of health questionnaires. Use of focus groups, standard instruments for health surveys, coding, validity, reliability of measures & models of data collection. Efficient sampling strategies, data interpretation & analysis including stratification, clustering & weighting.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignments (100%)
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Gary Glonek |
Core topics in algebra and analysis, including polynomial and simultaneous equations, graphs, concepts of limits, continuity and series approximations, including Taylor series expansions. Calculus is used to describe techniques of integration and differentiation of vector expressions. Study of probability, concepts of probability laws, random variables, expectation and distributions. Essential topics in matrix algebra relevant to biostatistical methods. Essential numerical methods, including Newton-Raphson method for solution of simultaneous equations and concepts of numerical integration.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignments (100%)
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr A Kirby |
The unit will introduce the core concepts of statistical inference, beginning with estimators, confidence intervals, type I and II errors and p-values. The emphasis will be on the practical interpretation of these concepts in biostatistical contexts, including an emphasis on the difference between statistical and practical significance. Classical estimation theory, bias and efficiency. Likelihood function, likelihood based methodology, maximum likelihood estimation and inference based on likelihood ration, Wald and score test procedures. Bayesian approach to statistical inference vs classical frequentist approach. Nonparametric procedures, exact inference and resampling based methodology.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
2 x Written assignments (35% each)
Practical exercises (30%)
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Andrew Forbes and Associate Professor John Carlin |
This unit explores biostatistical applications of linear models with an emphasis on underlying theoretical and computational issues, practical interpretation and communication of results. By a series of case studies, students explore extensions of methods for group comparisons of means (t-tests and analysis of variance) to adjust for confounding and to assess effect modification/interaction, together with the development of associated inference procedures. Multiple regression strategies and model selection issues will be presented together with model checking and diagnostics. Nonparametric regression techniques, and random effects and variance components models will also be outlined.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
2 x Written assignments (30% each)
Practical exercises (40%)
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Cate D'Este |
This unit will describe and demonstrate the complexity of data management and statistical computing methods. It will enable students to communicate effectively about the issues in storing and retrieving information, and in assessing the quality and limitations of data repositories. It uses examples from real data sets to give students practical skills in data management, assessment of data quality and handling and linking of large volumes of data.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to have:
Written assignments (100%)
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Annette Dobson |
Practical applications of statistical methods in clinical settings. Methods for assessment of clinical agreement, statistical properties of diagnostic tests and their interpretation, fundamentals of modelling for clinical prediction. Study of meta analysis methods in the context of randomised trials, diagnostic tests and observational studies, assessing heterogeneity and publication bias. Assessment of the application, analysis and utility of crossover and equivalence trials.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignments (100%)
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Amy Salter |
This unit will introduce randomised comparisons as a major tool used in medical research and the basis of providing evidence for improving clinical practice. By developing problems based on clinical questions, the need and value of different experimental designs will be introduced and expanded. Within this context, issues with regards to randomisation, ethical issues, clinical study design and analysis interpretation will be developed, as will selection of outcome variables, surrogate endpoints and dealing with missing data. Efficiency issues such as sample size and power will be introduced at appropriate points in the unit.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignments (100%)
Off campus students:
Twelve hours per week, consisting of (on average) 4 hours per week for reading core
material, 4 hours per week completing exercises (manual, computer-based, or on-line), 2 hours per week for on-line communication with teaching staff or students via WebCT, and 2 hours per week for assignment preparation. No residential component is required for this subject.
See also Unit timetable information
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Andrew Forbes and Associate Professor John Carlin |
This unit will develop statistical models for longitudinal and correlated data in medical research. The concept of hierarchical data structures will be developed, together with simple numerical and analytical demonstrations of the inadequacy of standard statistical methods. Normal-theory model and statistical procedures i.e. mixed linear models are explored using SAS or Stata statistical software packages. Extension to non-normal outcomes emphasising clinical research question. Case studies contrast generalised estimating equations and generalised linear mixed models. Limitations of traditional repeated measures analysis of variance and non-exchangeable models.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
2 x Written assignments (30% each)
Practical exercises (40%)
EPM5004. This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mark Jones |
This unit will explore biostatistical applications of generalised linear models with an emphasis on underlying theoretical issues, and practical interpretation of the results of fitting these models. Relevant methods for 2 x 2 and 2 x k tables extended into logistic regression for a binary outcome as a special case of generalised linear modelling. Measures of association and modelling techniques for ordinal outcomes. Methods for analysing count data. Techniques for dealing with matched data e.g. from case control studies.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
3 x Written assignments (35%, 35%, 30%)
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gillian Heller |
Biostatistical applications of survival analysis with emphasis on underlying theoretical and computational issues, practical interpretation and communication of results. Case studies, students will explore the various methods for handling survival data. Kaplan-Meier curve definition and its extension, survival prospects using logrank test and confidence intervals for relative risks, graphical displays and assessing underlying assumptions. Mantel-Haenszel method's connection to survival analysis. Cox proportional hazards model for handling continuous covariates. Various extensions of this model, including time-dependent covariates, multiple outcomes and censored linear regression model.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignments (100%)
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Full year 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Andrew Forbes |
Students will be exposed to real-life biostatistical problems in an academic health research environment, industry or government under supervision by an experienced biostatistician with a staff or honorary appointment at Monash University. They will be allocated, or may select, 1 or more research projects, and required to make regular contact with the associated health research personnel together with the supervisor. Under the guidance of the supervisor, the student will assume responsibility for statistical aspects of the relevant research project(s), and perform an analysis of appropriate complexity for the project then present and interpret the results in a written and oral form.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written report (100%)
20 hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Graham Wood |
The unit begins with a brief review of elementary molecular biology: DNA, RNA, the central dogma, meiosis, mitosis and genes. Some fundamental mathematical tools for statistical analysis are also reviewed. The course then covers sequence alignment, database searching, Mendelian genetics and techniques for discovering connections between genes and disease: association, linkage and variance components studies.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
The assessment for this subject will involve four written assignments, each worth 15% plus a comprehensive final assignment worth 40%. The assignments will each involve the application of theory to problems specific to the various analytical tasks in bioinformatics.
Must be enrolled in course version {3420, 3421, 3422}.
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Lyle Gurrin |
This unit provides a thorough introduction to the concepts and methods of modern Bayesian statistical methods with particular emphasis on practical applications in biostatistics. Comparison of Bayesian concepts involving prior distributions with classical approaches to statistical analysis, particularly likelihood based methods. Applications to fitting hierarchical models to complex data structures via simulation from posterior distributions using Markov chain Monte Carlo techniques (MCMC) with the WinBUGS software package.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignments (80%)
Practical exercises (20%).
Must be enrolled in course version {3420, 3421, 3422}.
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Rory Wolfe |
This unit involves the study of basic probability and calculus-based methods of underpinning probability distributions and parameter estimation.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignments (100%)
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Andrew Forbes |
This unit will involve students being exposed to a real-life biostatistical problem arising in an academic health research environment or industry. They will be supervised by an experienced biostatistician with a staff or honorary appointment at Monash University. Students will be allocated, or may select, one research project to be involved in, and will be required to make regular contact with the associated health research personnel together with the supervisor. The student will perform an analysis of appropriate complexity for the project and present and interpret the results in a written form to the health researcher and supervisor.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written report (100%)
This unit is only available to students enrolled in the Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters of Biostatistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Bebe Loff |
This unit examines the colonial history of and contemporary ethical issues that pervade international health. It builds awareness of critical ethical issues in international health and research. A range of topics are considered including the geopolitical purposes served by international health research, the 10/90 disequilibrium, the relationship between research parties including host and sponsor countries, multilateral organisations, pharmaceutical companies, communites and research participants. The rules guiding research and essential components of ethical review process are examined. Issues of justice emerge as critical in this context.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment (4,000 words) (60%) (Hurdle)
Short essay (1,500 words) (30%)
Online participation (10%)
Reading as required and contribution to weekly online discussion forum.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Teresa Flower |
This unit aims to equip professionals with a broad-based understanding of basic legal and criminological principles. The unit then builds on this knowledge by examining key areas involving the interaction between mental health and the law, and examining the role of the 'expert witness'.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Workshop presentation/alternative assessment (10%)
Applied learning exercise (30%)
Essay (60%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Teresa Flower |
Designed to provide students with an understanding of the role of mental health in criminal offending this unit provides an overview of the relevant research (drawn from psychological, psychiatric, criminological and sociological studies), key findings and the practical implications of these findings. Different types of mental disorders (psychotic, mood, personality, substance use) associated with offending are considered and explanatory models which incorporate the role of symptoms, cognitions, biological and sociological factors are discussed.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Workshop presentation / Alternative assessment (10%)
Applied learning exercise (30%)
Essay (60%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Teresa Flower |
This unit is designed to assist professionals working within both Correctional Services and Mental Health Services to develop a better understanding of the causes of conflict between the two systems, the issues that underpin such conflict and to develop ways of more effectively working at the interface of these two systems. The unit is also designed to equip professionals with a deeper understanding of the role of mental health clinicians and the clinical challenges associated with working within the correctional system.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Workshop presentation/alternative assessment (10%)
Applied learning exercise (30%)
Essay (60%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Flora Gilbert |
This unit has been designed to create a developmental context for understanding a range of issues which characterise at risk behaviour in youth. Students will gain a broader understanding of these behaviours, as seen from a range of perspectives: legal, epidemiological, psychological, sociological and psychiatric. The unit will be of interest to those currently working with at risk youth as well as providing insights into the aetiology of a range of maladaptive behaviours in adult life.
Upon completion of this unit the student will:
Workshop presentation/alternative assessment (10%)
Structured learning task (30%)
Essay (60%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Troy McEwan |
The unit covers the aetiology and principles of management of commonly occurring antisocial 'problem behaviours' : violence, stalking, uttering threats, sexual offending, fire-setting, and abnormal complaining. Based on psychological and criminological theory of such behaviours a framework is presented, then applied to each specific behaviour. The role of mental disorder in the genesis of such behaviours is considered, in addition to the multiple psychological and social factors involved. Students will gain a theoretical understanding and develop a pragmatic model for working with a broad range of perpetrators in an ethical and evidence-based fashion.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Workshop presentation/alternative assessment (10%)
Applied learning exercise (30%)
Essay (60%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Teresa Flower |
This unit will explore the social, political, legal, ethical and practice context of care for mentally disordered offenders. Clinical issues in forensic psychiatry and the needs of forensic mental health patients will be discussed. The knowledge and skills required by practitioners to assess and care for mentally disordered offenders will be developed.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Workshop/alternative assessment (10%)
Case study (1,500 words) (15%)
Assignment (1,500 words) (15%)
Essay (3,500 - 4,000 words) (60%)
All assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
Two day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor David Ranson |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
The law of evidence is a branch of adjectival law. It consists of legal rules, procedural rules and administrative arrangements whereby courts and tribunals within the justice system receive and evaluate evidence. To perform satisfactorily in this field a forensic medical practitioner's communication skills must be of a high order and they need to understand the legal principles that govern the admissibility of their evidence.
This unit will enable students to gain practical skills in the delivery of medical evidence in courts and tribunals, in the preparation of medico legal reports to be used as items of evidence and in the techniques of advocacy that can modify the way in which a medical practitioner's evidence is received by courts.
Tutorials and presentations will be used to lay the foundations for some of the basic academic objectives of the course. Workshops will be used to establish witness skills and oral communication techniques and a moot court will be used to develop practical skills in presenting evidence and developing strategies to deal with the medico legal and advocacy issues that arise during the examination and cross-examination of witnesses including expert witnesses.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignments / Essays (50%)
Casebook workbook (25%)
Skills evaluation (25%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor David Wells |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
The unit focuses on the issues surrounding the interpretation of injuries. Areas include the pathophysiology of injuries with particular reference to the anatomical, physiological and pathological principles; injury classification; documentation including forensic photography; injury patterns and circumstances of causation. Students will be expected to participate with clinical and post mortem cases.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Case studies (45%)
Case report (20%)
Institute program (20%)
Online case discussions (15%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Liz Bishop |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
The unit aims to help students become familiar with the tools and vocabulary of ethical discourse in medicine. A framework for this discourse is built, based on the four basic principles of autonomy, beneficence, non-maleficence and justice. The elements which go to make up the Australian Legal System are covered as well as those particular areas of law relating to forensic medical practice, i.e. consent, confidentiality and disclosure, issues at both the beginning and end of life.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignments/essays (50%)
Presentations (25%)
Casebook workbook (25%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Katherine 'Anna' Davey |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
Practitioners need to be familiar with the scope and limitations of the various branches of forensic science to know when and how they may assist in particular cases. Topics to be covered include the principles of forensic science, forensic biology, forensic botany, crime scene examination, specimen collections, forensic anthropology, forensic odontology and forensic entomology.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Case report from the literature (1,500 words) (25%)
Case report provided by the Unit Coordinator (1,500 words) (25%)
Case study sourced from VIFM case (1,500 words) (25%)
Assignment (1,500 words) (25%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Dawn Elder |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
Paediatric forensic medicine encompasses the medico-legal issues arising from the provision of a medical service to children. The unit will largely focus on the medical assessment of cases of suspected child sexual abuse. The aim of this unit is to develop student's skills in the evaluation and management of children and adolescents suspected of being sexually abused. Integral to both evaluation and management will be a knowledge of the relevant legislation, policing and protective agencies, injury patterns, specialised investigative techniques and treatment.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment 1 - Workbook questions 2,3,4, and 9 (15%)
Assignment 2 - Case critique (20%)
Assignment 3 - Workbook questions 12, 13, 14 and 15 (20%)
Face to face teaching & case presentation (15%)
Essay (30%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
A registered medical practitioner who is involved in assessing (or may be required to assess) children/adolescents when child/adolescent sexual abuse is suspected.
FOR2006.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Susan Marks |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
Paediatric forensic medicine encompasses the medico-legal issues arising from the provision of a medical service to children. The unit will largely focus on developing practitioners' skills required for the medical assessment of cases of suspected non-accidental injury in children. Such assessments require knowledge of the relevant legislation, injury patterns, specialised investigative techniques, documentation and interpretation. Teaching will focus on trauma and forensic principles, childhood development, injury patterns (both accidental and non-accidental), medical conditions that may mimic injurious events presentation of findings and opinions to the courts.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment 1: Questions (25%)
Assignment 2: Case critique (25%)
Face to face teaching/case presentation (10%)
Essay (40%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
A registered medical practitioner who is involved in assessing (or may be required to assess) children where there are concerns of non-accidental injury.
FOR2006.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Bassed |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
Forensic Odontology encompasses the intersection between dentistry and the law. Practitioners in this field require a solid understanding of all aspects of dental practice as it relates to medico-legal investigation. The aim of this unit is to provide students with knowledge and practical skills that will enable them to apply their dental knowledge to questions of legal/coronial import, especially in the field of human identification.
Forensic Odontology practitioners require expert knowledge in areas including; injury interpretation, evidence interpretation, dental anthropology, forensic anthropology, imaging technology, mortuary practice, and medico-legal report writing.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment (25%)
Case report (25%)
Oral presentation (25%)
Case book (25%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
+ Graduate with the degree of Bachelor of Medicine/Surgery or Bachelor of Dentistry in an Australian University; or
+ Have qualifications which, in the opinion of the Faculty Board, are equivalent to or are a satisfactory substitute for the qualifications described above; and
+ Have at least 3 years experience in clinical or dental practice.
+ Provide proof of Medical or Dental Board registration.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Bassed |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
The primary function of Forensic Odontology is to identify unknown deceased individuals who cannot be visually recognized by close family members. Forensic Odontology practitioners require expert knowledge in areas including; post-mortem examination technique, ante-mortem record interpretation and transposition, specialized post-mortem imaging methods, and cranio-facial superimposition techniques. The aim of this unit is to provide students with a thorough understanding of the standard methods involved in post-mortem dental examination techniques leading to the identification of unknown deceased individuals. The unit is designed to provide practicing dentists with the required knowledge and skills so that they will be able to conduct a standard forensic identification case from the beginning to its completion.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment (20%)
Case studies (30%)
Oral presentation (20%)
Case book (30%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Bassed |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
The aim of this unit is to provide students with a thorough understanding of all aspects of forensic odontology relating to the treatment of living people in a legal setting. The unit is designed for practicing dentists and medical practitioners who wish to gain a greater understanding of how to deal with the examination and reporting of injuries caused by the teeth, and injuries inflicted to the oro-facial complex. The unit will also cover dental age estimation techniques, identification of unknown living individuals and issues surrounding dental malpractice and fraud investigations.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment (20%)
Case studies (30%)
Oral presentation (20%)
Case book (30%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Bassed |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
Forensic Odontology encompasses the intersection between dentistry and the law. Practitioners in this field require a solid understanding of all aspects of dental practice as it relates to medico-legal investigation. The aim of this unit is to provide students with a sound theoretical and practical knowledge of all Phases of the Disaster Victim Identification (DVI) process and the role the forensic odontologist plays in each Phase. It will provide the student with the capability of operating in both national and international response teams.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Case study (40%)
Oral presentation (25%)
Short answer assignments (35%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Soren Blau |
Forensic anthropology is the field of study concerned with the examination of material believed to be human to answer medico-legal questions including those related to identification. The aim of the Elements of Forensic Anthropology unit is to introduce students to the theory and practice of forensic anthropology and provide them with a thorough understanding of the various contributions this discipline makes to forensic investigations. Although the unit is designed for medical practitioners and practicing dentists, it is likely to be of interest to post-graduate students from a Science and/or Arts background who wish to gain a greater understanding of the types of evidentiary and investigative information that can be obtained when only skeletal remains survive. The unit will cover:
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay (2,000 words) (30%)
4 x Case studies (1,500 words each) (40%)
Oral presentation (15 minutes) (30%)
It is expected that students will need to undertake approximately 12 hours of study per week over the semester. This will include contact time, private study, assessment tasks (case studies, assignments) and, where possible, involvement in casework. Students are required to attend all workshops offered at the Department of Forensic Medicine during the semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vanita Parekh |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
Sexual assault is addressed in this unit as it pertains to a doctor working in a therapeutic and forensic role with victims. Theoretical and historical perspectives are considered in order to provide a thorough grounding for practical discussions on current legislation and police investigation. The medical role will be examined in detail. Forensic responsibilities are dealt with including specimen collection, laboratory liaison and injury interpretation. The unit will address the medico-legal report and the role of the expert witness in court appearances.
On completion of the unit the student will be expected to:
Assignments/essays (35%)
Case studies (25%)
Casebook workbook (35%)
Skills evaluation (5%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Morris Odell |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
The aim of this unit is to present the medical issues applicable to road safety. The topics covered include the law and policing practices, driving skills and the impact of alcohol, other drugs and medical conditions on these skills, the effects of ageing on fitness to drive, interpretation of traffic injuries, the principles of traffic engineering and road trauma epidemiology.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignments / essays (80%)
Presentations (10%)
Casebook workbook (10%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
This is a postgraduate course restricted to registered medical practitioners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dimitri Gerostamoulos |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
Teaching in this unit aims to develop students' familiarity with the concepts of clinical and post-mortem toxicology. The unit also focuses on the basic pharmacokinetic and pharmacological properties of commonly abused drugs found in forensic medical cases. Emphasis will be on behavioural issues of these drugs and how they relate to forensic practice. Such issues include the effects on cognitive and psychomotor skills in drivers and in the workplace and other adverse reactions attributed to drug misuse.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Case study 1 (20%)
Case study 2 (30%)
Presentation (25%)
Workbook (25%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Luke Streitberg |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
The aim of this unit is to present and discuss the current issues arising from the provision of a medical service in a custodial setting. The topics covered provide insights into the health impacts of penal institutions and the powers and responsibilities of custodians; ethical issues; fitness for interview; fitness for detention; deaths in custody; interpersonal violence and the assessment and management of some frequently presenting medical problems (specifically mental illness and addiction).
On completion of this unit the student is expected to:
Assignments / essays (30%)
Case studies (40%)
Presentations (10%)
Casebook workbook (20%)
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vanita Parekh |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
Developing and implementing adult sexual assault services must be founded upon evidence based clinical practice and an understanding of a variety of perspectives. Advanced Issues in Sexual Violence will provide insight into a variety of perspectives of adult sexual assault including local, national and international.
The following topics will be taught within this unit:
On successful completion of the unit, students will be expected to have developed a broad knowledge of the published data in relation to local, national and international perspectives of adult sexual assault. They will have acquired the knowledge and skills required to provide input into the delivery of adult sexual assault medical services and teaching programs.
Upon successful completion of this unit a student will be expected to have acquired the knowledge and skill sets to:
Assignment (30%)
Participation in a topic related debate (10%)
Presentation (20%)
Dissertion and oral structured interview (40%)
Dr Vanita Parekh and Dr Richard Bassed
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
A registered medical practitioner who is involved in assessing (or may be required to assess) victims of sexual violence. The medical practitioner must be able to show evidence of working or training in the field of sexual assault medicine. Successful completion of FOR5005 with a grade of credit or above.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2015 (Online) Southbank Second semester 2015 (Online) Southbank Full year 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Bassed |
This unit offers students the opportunity to apply and consolidate the knowledge and professional skills they have acquired through the course within the practical context of forensic medicine. It requires independent learning and research by the student while fostering practical knowledge and skills related to the student's field of activity. Students undertake a project with a forensic medicine focus, in the area which they choose.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Project (6,000 words) (100%)
Dr Richard Bassed and Professor Olaf Drummer
Forensic medicine - Completion of core units for the Masters of Forensic Medicine - Distinction level.
Forensic odontology - As above plus satisfactory completion of FOR4007 and FOR4009.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jennifer 'Anne' Smith |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For further information please contact the Postgraduate Course Administrator via email postgrad.courses@vifm.org or phone 03 9684 4115.
Advanced issues in non-accidental injury of children aims to provide an opportunity for students to study the epidemiology and frameworks for evaluation of children when serious and/or complex non-accidental injury is suspected. This unit will enable students to study the theories around injury causation with a focus on complex head injury and other life threatening injuries in children. Clinical findings, patho-physiology and investigation results will be studied. Students will explore controversies surrounding the evaluation of complex injury including shaking injury.
Major Content:
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Case study: Critical analysis of forensic principles and procedures using case based discussion (25%)
Case study: Reflection on decision-making in clinical practice (30%)
Essay (3,000 words) (35%)
Oral presentation (15 minute) (10%)
Group discussion (Hurdle)
Dr Richard Bassed and Dr Jennifer 'Anne' Smith
Compulsory 2 day workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank First semester 2015 (Day) Southbank Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Stephen Cordner |
Autopsy techniques will be taught via experiential learning in the mortuary, with experienced practitioners from the VIFM acting as tutors/supervisors. Over the 12 months of training, the student will be required to apply the learned techniques to different types of cases, allocated to ensure as wide a range of experience as possible is gained. Students will also be given practical instruction in techniques to forensic odontology and anthropology that are used to support forensic pathology practice, particularly in identifying unknown remains.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Performance of autopsies and presentation of findings (25%)
Oral and written examination (50%)
Casebook (25%)
Students will attend regular pathologists meetings approx 40 hours, 200 hours in mortuary engaged in practical work and observation. Approx 72 hours individual study and case book preparation.
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolment by Department of Forensic Medicine permission only.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Victorian Institute of Forensic Medicine |
Offered | Southbank Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor David Ranson |
Coronial and other medico-legal death investigation systems
This topic provides a framework and wider context for the practice of forensic pathology and covers:
Death Scene Investigation
This topic will provide students with theoretical knowledge and practical skills to observe and analyse evidence at death scenes, enhancing their ability to work effectively with other participants in the process and assist in answering questions about the cause and the circumstances of deaths under investigation. These skills will be applied to a range of special scenes to provide students with as varied and relevant experience as possible:
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignments (30%)
Case study presentation (40%)
Oral examination (30%)
60 contact hours (tutorials and attendance at scenes), 50 hours of case and practical work and approximately 46 hours for individual study, assignments and case book preparation.
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolment by Department of Forensic Medicine permission only.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Beverley Copnelland Dr Susan Lee (Peninsula) |
Research is integral to nursing practice. As leaders in clinical practice, education or management, it is essential that Master's-prepared nurses have the skills to effectively consume, produce and apply research knowledge to ensure that practice is based on appropriate and critiqued evidence. This unit will provide students with the theoretical knowledge required to evaluate research evidence for use in clinical practice, education or management, and will prepare students to undertake their own research project.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment (4,000 words) (40%)
Written assignment (5,000 words) (60%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Flexible) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ingrid Brooks |
The unit gives nursing graduates a program which combines a strong theoretical and practical focus to health management and leadership. Topics on management and administration include: power, authority and politics; leadership; people in health service organisations; change and organisational effectiveness; quality improvement; governance and clinical risk management.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment 1 (3,500 - 4,000 words) (30%)
Written assignment 2 (5,000 - 6,000 words) (50%)
In class or online presentation (20%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Mark Hedger |
This unit provides students with a theoretical and practical background to reproductive endocrinology. Information about the general organisation and regulation of the reproductive endocrine system will be taught including hormones produced by the pituitary, hypothalamus, ovary and testis and their respective interactions, regulation and mode of action. The role of growth factors will also be considered. Students will also learn about the ethical considerations required in human and animal experimentation, acquire basic laboratory and tissue culture skills and complete a biostatistics series to learn how to interpret and analyse biomedical research data.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (2.25h) (40%)
Practical report (25%)
Biostatistics assignment (25%)
Peerwise (6%)
General summary (250 words) of a published article (4%)
This unit is conducted over six weeks in the first semester. For the first five weeks, students are required to attend lectures and practical session. It is expected that all students, including part-time students, attend all the lectures and practical classes from Week 1 to Week 6 inclusive.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Peter Temple-Smith |
Cellular and whole organ events involved in reproductive endocrinology and development, and the interactions between the reproductive organs are covered in this unit. The development and differentiation of the male and female reproductive systems through the examination of oocyte and follicular development; ovarian cycles including oestrous and menstrual cycles; testicular function and cell/cell interactions in the testis and fertilisation are also taught. Students will also undertake a research project to gain experience in planning projects and reporting findings.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (2.25 hours) (60% )
Critical review of a journal article 1 (20%)
Critical review of a journal article 2 (20%)
This unit will be held over 3 weeks in first semester. Students are required to attend all lectures, tutorials and journal review sessions. In addition attendance is required from 9 am to 5 pm for a one week practical laboratory project.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Hayley Dickinson and Associate Professor Peter Temple-Smith |
All aspects of human pregnancy from implantation to the puerperium. Unit taught by both basic and clinical scientists, thereby affording the student an appreciation of the close integration between the disciplines. The module will be taught in four sections: implantation and placentation, the foetus, the mother and politics of pregnancy.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (2.25h) (40%)
Literature review for the research project (2,500 words) (50%)
Prepare title and abstract for published article (title and abstract removed) (10%)
This unit will be held over 3 weeks in first semester. Students are required to attend all lectures, tutorials and journal review sessions. In addition attendance is required from 9 am to 5 pm for a one week practical laboratory project.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Peter Temple-Smith |
Builds on earlier course work concerning the basic mechanisms in reproductive biology. Demonstrating to students how the knowledge of the basic mechanisms can be applied to key problems in reproductive health. Disorders of sexual development and the normal processes involved in puberty and the menopause plus reproductive toxicology are covered. Key elements of sexually transmitted disease and the HIV pandemic discussions will provide the student with the pathological processes involved in these disorders. Reproductive disorders covered include the common reproductive cancers, menstrual disorders, infertility and erectile dysfunction.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (2.25h) (50%)
Research project oral presentation (25%)
Minor project research plan (1,500 words) (25%)
This unit will be held over six weeks in the second semester. Students are required to attend all lectures and tutorials. Student are also required to present an oral presentation.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sarah Meachem and Dr Simon Chu |
Regulating the size of a population and the rate of population growth is a major problem for many countries. Ensuring infertile couples have the opportunity to form a family is also an important issue. The current trends in population growth and the policies introduced in countries to regulate this growth is explored as well as the extent of infertility and the legislation introduced nationally and internationally to regulate its treatment. The medical, legal and ethical aspects of present and future methods available to control fertility (contraception, contragestion and abortion) and for overcoming infertility (assisted reproductive technology) will be addressed.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (2.25 hours) (40%)
Critical review of a journal article 1 (20%)
Critical review of a journal article 2 (20%)
Travel grant application & abstract (20%)
This unit will be held over six weeks in the second semester. Students are required to attend all lectures and tutorials. Students must also present 3 journal reviews and attend a round table discussion.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Peter Temple-Smith |
This unit will focus on the reproductive biology and breeding of animals. The lectures and tutorials will build on an understanding of basic reproductive physiology and endocrinology to explore ways in which reproduction can be manipulated to increase the reproductive efficiency and genetic gain in farm animals and animals in danger of becoming extinct. How this information can be applied to the monitoring and regulation of reproduction in pets, zoo animals, Australian native animals and vertebrate pest species will also be explored. The approaches that will be examined include hormonal and immunological manipulation of reproduction, artificial insemination (AI), in vitro fertilization (IVF), intra-cytoplasmic sperm. A facility that is using these approaches will allow students to see first hand how fundamental information can be applied to achieve environmental and/or commercial outcomes.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (2 hours) (30%)
Research project report (3,000 words) (50%)
Prepare title and abstract for published article (title and abstract removed) (10%)
Laboratory practical questions derived from sessions (10%)
This unit will be held over six weeks in second semester. In addition to attendance at lectures and tutorials students are required to attend practical demonstrations and site visits. Attendance from 9 am to 5 pm for a 3 day laboratory project is also required.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sally Catt |
The new reproductive technologies are now widely used for the treatment of human infertility and for prenatal diagnosis of familial genetic disorders. These techniques involve in vitro fertilization (IVF) and therefore require a sound knowledge of reproductive endocrinology, cell biology and specific techniques involved in the handling and maturation of human sperm and ova. Micromanipulation is an important new method required for fertilization (intracytoplasmic sperm injection - ICSI) and chromosome or genetic diagnosis (embryo biopsy for fluorescent in situ hybridisation - FISH, or polymerase chain reaction - PCR amplification of genomic DNA). This unit also involves the new and rapidly changing areas of cell and tissue cryobiology and transplantation. Specific tests are now also evolving for assessment of embryo viability, particularly now that embryos can be grown successfully to late preimplantation stages of development. These new techniques are presented in the context of laboratory quality assurance and the ethical and legal frameworks of local legislation and regulation.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (2.25 hours) (50%)
Laboratory practical questions derived from sessions (20%)
Poster preparation and presentation (25%)
Peerwise (5%)
This unit is held over 6 weeks in second semester. Students are required to attend all lectures, interactive sessions, practical sessions and a site visit to Monash IVF.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ben Smith |
This unit provides opportunities to examine the impact of multiple factors that contribute to the health of populations, known collectively as the social determinants of health, and to develop knowledge and skills in program planning for health promotion. Students will examine the values and principles that guide contemporary health promotion and its capacity to influence the determinants of health. They will develop skills in needs assessment, priority setting, designating targets for change, using evidence and theory to make intervention choices and establishing systems for program management. The roles played by partnerships, capacity building and participation will be explored, and the steps toward improving program sustainability examined. Attention will be given to the opportunities and challenges presented in different organisational settings and social and cultural contexts.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Review of literature (30%)
Case study (20%)
Development of program plan (50%)
In addition to weekly activities and online discussions, two non-compulsory on-campus/on-site study blocks are offered.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ben Smith |
Program evaluation can provide valuable evidence to improve the delivery, reach and impact of public health strategies. This unit will equip students with skills to evaluate disease prevention and health promotion strategies using a range of methodologies. Levels of evaluation will be examined, including formative, process, impact and outcome evaluation, and the range of qualitative and quantitative methods suitable for answering different evaluation questions will be identified. The complementary roles of different methodologies will be highlighted, with consideration given to approaches that will facilitate learning for practice. There will be exploration and discussion of the evaluation challenges posed by the complexities of public health action and the contexts in which it is carried out.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Comparison and analysis of evaluation design options (30%)
Development of impact measurement instrument (30%)
Evaluation plan (40%)
In addition to weekly activities and online discussions, two non-compulsory on-campus/on-site study blocks are offered.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
Health literacy is both a public health issue and the agendas of national health policy. One in five Australians do not have adequate literacy skills to participate effectively in everyday life and even fewer have high levels of health literacy, which is fundamental for good health. Health literacy involves a range of skills and knowledge including the sourcing and interpretation of health information, seeking of appropriate care and managing health decisions. At more upstream levels, health services need to become more responsive to health literacy issues and develop approaches to ensure their health communications are accessible to people of all literacies. In this unit students will examine health literacy concepts, measures of literacy, tools for readability and increasing understanding, and practical approaches for services to become health literate organisations.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate and communicate a broad, critical conceptual and practical understanding of:
TBA
Off-campus with compulsory study days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
Major thesis
minor coursework as specified by the enrolling department.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Karen Adams |
This unit develops and strengthens practical skills required for implementing Indigenous equity. Delivery of effective, high standard services to Indigenous people is one of the enduring challenges facing a variety organisations and providers. In this unit students will explore and engage in practical skills of: cultural safety; partnership building; organisational development and analysis of the strengths based evidence. Students will be provided opportunity to critically analyse current practices in Indigenous equity, design evidence based advocacy and create a strategic change plan of relevance to their professional work and aspirations.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Case study reflection (1,200 words) (20%)
Letter to editor (500 words) (15%)
Peer review change plan (1,200 words) (15%)
Strategic change plan (3,000 words) (50%)
Off-campus: a minimum of 10 hours of personal study per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolment in a postgraduate program.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus) Berwick Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Summer semester B 2015 (Off-campus) Berwick Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester B 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester B 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester B 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | mnhs-student-admin@monash.edu |
Notes
Please note that the first point of contact for this unit should be your Course Coordinator in the School or Department in which you are enrolled.
This unit is designed to equip health practitioners with the skills to confidently and successfully conduct professional focused research of interest to them. Students will review existing research literature, create a research question, select an appropriate methodology and finalise a research protocol for institutional ethics approval.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Literature review (4,000 - 5,000 words) (50%)
Research proposal or methodological chapter (3,000 words) (35%)
Ethical issues critique or a critique of methodological rigour (1,500 words) (15%)
Completion of an ethics application (Hurdle)
On-campus and Off-campus:
1 hour per fortnight consultation with supervisor either face to face or electronic, 11 hours per week directed research activities which may include on-line tasks (project dependent), 12 hours per week for self-directed study.
See also Unit timetable information
Nursing, Health professional education
Must be enrolled in a postgraduate program in the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus) Berwick Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Summer semester B 2015 (Off-campus) Berwick Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester B 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester B 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester B 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | mnhs-student-admin@monash.edu |
Notes
Please note that the first point of contact for this unit should be your Course Coordinator in the School or Department in which you are enrolled.
This unit is designed to allow students to implement the research protocol developed in the context of the prerequisite unit Research in Advanced Health Care Practice. Students will develop skills in gathering data, interrogating it using acceptable analytical processes and developing an informed and defensible conclusion. Through an iterative and collaborative intellectual process with their supervisor, students will create a research report which they will communicate in written format to a wider professional audience.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Mid enrolment oral presentation (20 minutes) (20%)
Final report (no less than 8,000 - 12,000 words depending on the academic specialism) (80%)
Documented supervisory meetings (Hurdle)
Mid enrolment progress report (Hurdle)
Draft report (Hurdle)
This unit will be awarded a non-examinable grade of NE if the work forms part of the final minor thesis submission in MAP5002.
On-campus and Off-campus:
1 hour per fortnight consultation with supervisor either face to face or electronic, 11 hours per week directed research activities which may include on-line tasks (project dependent), 12 hours per week for self-directed study.
See also Unit timetable information
Nursing, Health professional education
Must be enrolled in a postgraduate program in the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus) Berwick Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Summer semester B 2015 (Off-campus) Berwick Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Berwick Summer semester B 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester B 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester B 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | mnhs-student-admin@monash.edu |
Notes
Please note that the first point of contact for this unit should be your Course Coordinator in the School or Department in which you are enrolled.
This unit is the final unit in a sequence of three units designed for students who have elected to complete a minor thesis and use the study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD program. Using the research protocol developed in the context of the prerequisite unit MAP5000 and the project completed for MAP5001 students will develop advanced skills in gathering and interrogating data using acceptable analytical processes and developing an informed and defensible conclusion.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Minor research thesis (20,000 words)
Public defence of thesis (15 minute oral) (Hurdle)
Documented supervisory meetings (Hurdle)
Mid enrolment progress report (Hurdle)
Minor thesis draft (Hurdle)
On-campus and Off-campus:
1 hour per fortnight consultation with supervisor either face to face or electronic, 11 hours per week directed research activities which may include on-line tasks (thesis dependent), 12 hours per week for self-directed study.
See also Unit timetable information
Nursing, Health professional education
Must be enrolled in a postgraduate program in the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Elica Ristevski |
This is the foundation unit in the Masters of Advanced Health Care Practice. The Unit is designed for health care professionals who aspire to lead the management, design and delivery of health care services and/or develop health care programs in a clinical context that impact on patient outcomes. This unit focuses on the necessary knowledge, skills and behaviours for advanced health care practice and management. The unit examines key issues in:
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Critical incident report (10%) (1,000 words)
iSAP- Integrating Science and Practice (2 x 10% = 20%) (2,000 words)
Develop a leadership and change management plan to address an area of interest (35%) (3,500 words)
Develop a learning and teaching program/presentation for either patients or peers which examines/introduces new/innovative intervention/clinical practice (35%) (3,500 words)
24 hours/week
For this distance education unit, students are expected to undertake their work during private study time. Students will be expected to log onto Moodle on a regular basis for announcements and updates. Students will need to undertake readings (available via Moodle) and view online materials (e.g. PowerPoint/audio/visual material). Students will also be required to undertake regular formative activities. Students will be required to undertake all assessment activities as these are all hurdle requirements to ensure that all learning objectives are covered. The assessments will require preparation ranging from readings, writing and undertaking online activities (quizzes and forum discussions).
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester (extended) 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Peter Temple-Smith and Dr Sally Catt |
This unit will provide students with an overview of the basic embryological knowledge that is essential for working in animal and human IVF laboratories. Theoretical information about hormonal control of reproduction, folliculogenesis, gametogenesis, fertilisation, implantation, early embryo development to gastrulation, germ and somatic cell lineages and also epigenetics from a cellular, genetic and molecular perspective will be presented and discussed in lectures and tutorials. Also an overview on potential stem cell therapies discussing the production and use of human embryonic stem cells, comparing with stem cells from adult and foetal origin will be given.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written journal review comparison (35%)
Written exam (2 1/2 hours) (60%)
Peerwise (5%)
16 hours contact per week (lectures, tutorials, forums, self-directed study).
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester (extended) 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Peter Temple-Smith and Dr Sally Catt |
This unit will provide information about the infertile patient and the assisted reproduction technologies used to treat infertility. Students will identify the procedures performed in an IVF clinic and the roles of those involved. They will study the normal events of oocyte production in vivo and learn how these events are manipulated to increase the success of in vitro technologies. The unit also focuses on the outcomes of assisted reproductive technologies and its impact on the offspring generated. The theoretical basis of techniques such as oocyte collection and handling, oocyte maturation in vitro, preparation of oocytes for IVF, standard insemination, assessment of fertilization, and the handling, assessment, selection and transfer of embryos are presented and discussed in lectures, tutorials, and seminars. On-campus students will demonstrate knowledge of OHSE issues and aseptic techniques, and develop skills in laboratory maintenance, use of equipment, superovulation of mice and collection of embryos, embryo handling (mouse) and semen analysis (human).
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written exam (2 1/2 hours) (45%)
Oral journal review presentation (20%)
Statistical exam (three parts) (15%)
Semen analysis written practical assignment (15%)
Peerwise (5%)
24 hours contact per week (lectures, tutorials, forums, self-directed study, practical skills training) (on-campus).
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester (extended) 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mulyoto Pangestu and Dr Sally Catt |
This unit provides students with the skills and opportunity to design and optimise embryo culture systems to ensure the best pregnancy outcomes for couples undertaking infertility treatment. This is achieved through a detailed understanding of critical cellular processes, with an aim to maximize normal embryo growth potential while minimizing stress. Students will learn the methods needed to accurately evaluate embryo quality and develop the ability to micro-manage IVF processes. This unit also provides students with a detailed understanding of cryopreservation techniques and the ability to critically discuss and evaluate these techniques and cryo-banking systems for oocytes, sperm, ovarian and testicular tissue and embryos in human IVF programs. The physico-chemical properties of permeant and non permeant cryoprotectants will be discussed in context with the slow cooling and vitrification methods.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written examination (2 1/2 hours) (40%)
Literature review (3,000 words) on research project topic (30%)
Oral journal review (15%)
Assignment on importance and composition of culture media (10%)
Peerwise (5%)
20 hours contact per week (lectures, tutorials, forums, self-directed study).
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester (extended) 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mulyoto Pangestu and Dr Sally Catt |
The theoretical aspects of IVF, embryo production and cryopreservation will be covered in the previous unit reinforced by extensive practical training The theoretical knowledge gained in slow cooling and vitrification techniques will also enhanced by practical training. Students will freeze, thaw and analyse sperm samples, oocytes and embryos Students will gain a better understanding of media components by making and designing their own media. This unit enables students to develop and enhance their embryo handling skills.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Practical exams on:
Embryo handling (20%)
IVF (20%)
Vitrification (30%)
Research plan (20%)
Lab book / Lab etiquette (10%)
30 hours contact per week (research,tutorials, self-directed study, practical skill training.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester (extended) 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sally Catt |
This unit provides students with a detailed understanding of how to establish and equip an IVF laboratory and the quality control and quality assurance practises required to run an effective IVF service. New insights into the quality management framework for an embryology laboratory will allow students to understand and develop techniques for continuous quality improvement in their future workplaces, and to achieve ambitious goals. Knowledge gained in this unit is readily transferable into other areas of laboratory and research activities. Students will have the opportunity to visit IVF laboratories during a designated 'work experience' week and observe how they operate, what techniques are used and which services are offered. A report and an informal presentation (not assessed) on their site visit will enable students to share their experiences and compare the differences in techniques and practices between clinics.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Implementation of a new procedure (30%)
Redesigning standard operating procedures (30%)
Troubleshooting (35%)
Data logging (5%)
6 hours contact per week (lectures, tutorials, forums, self-directed study, mock audits), 2 - 5 days IVF lab visits (on-site).
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester (extended) 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sally Catt, Dr Mulyoto Pangestu, Mrs Penny Chen and Associate Professor Peter Temple-Smith |
Students will conduct the practical aspects of their minor research project in this unit. At the completion of the research, the students will compile and analyse their data using appropriate statistical methodology. The students will interpret their results and write up a research report. Students will also present their data in poster form. This unit will also provide students with training in the preparation of sperm for intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI), the identification of spermatids, spermatocytes and other cell types recovered from testicular biopsies, and the assessment of fertilization. They will also be given practical training in ICSI mouse gametes using a variety of micromanipulation tools and instruments
On completion, students will be familiar with research methods including project planning, conducting laboratory-based research, data collection, data analysis, using appropriate statistical methods, and preparation of a research report in the style of a journal article. They will also receive a sound training in ICSI.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Research report (7,000 words) (40%)
Research abstract (10%)
Poster presentation (20%)
ICSI exam (30%)
20 hours contact per week (research project, practical skills training) (on-campus).
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester (extended) 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sally Catt and Dr David Cram |
This unit will provide a detailed understanding of the molecular biology and genetic techniques essential in a clinical human IVF programs. Students will be taught the theoretical basis of current techniques in genetic diagnosis, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), fluorescent in situ hybridisation (FISH) and micro-array analysis. This knowledge is enhanced with practical training in embryo biopsy and analysis of resultant blastomeres by FISH and PCR techniques. On completion, students will possess a sound theoretical knowledge and understanding of the molecular and genetic techniques used in a clinical human genetics laboratory, and also become familiar with the different practical applications of these techniques.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Journal review (25%)
Peerwise (5%)
Written examination (70%)
16 hours contact per week (lectures, tutorials, forums, self-directed study, practical skills training) (on-campus).
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester (extended) 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Giuliana Fuscaldo and Dr Sally Catt |
This unit examines the current legislation and regulations governing the clinical practice of Assisted Reproductive Technologies (ART) and related research, nationally and internationally. It describes the role of ethical frameworks and principles in health decision-making and analyses regulation in ART with respect to underlying moral and ethical principles. An introduction to ethical problem solving is presented. The major ethical issues raised by assisted reproductive technologies are examined and critically evaluated.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written examination (3 hours) (70%)
Debate (30%)
16 hours contact per week (lectures, tutorials, debates, self-directed study).
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Les Segal |
This course aims to provide a range of skills that will enhance the GP's role in whole person care of patients with musculoskeletal pain. It places considerable emphasis on management techniques and treatment modalities such as physical, chemical and behavioural. It deals with the epidemiology of musculoskeletal disease, diagnostic processes and developing a framework for rational diagnosis. It also covers practical issues of diagnosis and management and addresses problems both holistically and regionally.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Clinical audit (50%)
Journal activities (50%)
MFM1014.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Craig Hassed |
While the art of medicine is often dominated by physical and technical considerations, doctors will also recognise that there are more subtle issues which make the way in which we use that technology meaningful. This area has to do with ethics, morality and law. In this unit the emphasis will be on the ethical decisions confronting doctors in daily practice. Topics covered include: the role of ethics in medical practice, philosophical ethics and principles in practice, ethical principles, critical perspectives, resource allocation, confidentiality and consent, life and death issues.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Journal (60%)
Essay (20%)
Case commentary (20%)
MCM5117, MFM1017, MFM4017.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Abi Tenen |
Ophthalmology is often poorly understood by general practitioners, yet it forms an important component of the problems which patients present to doctors. The aim of this unit is not to make ophthalmologists out of general practitioners, rather, it aims to educate the GP as coordinator of health care, to know what needs to be referred and its urgency, and yet be able to manage with competence and confidence many of the common conditions which afflict the eye. As well, the unit also aims to enhance the linkage between the GP and allied health professionals like optometrists, and support groups for the visually disabled.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Clinical audit (30%)
Journal (70%)
MFM1019.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Claire Harrison |
Mental illness is a common affliction world-wide and an important problem facing General Practice. Unit MCM5501 will focus on two high prevalence categories of mental ill-health i.e. depressive and anxiety disorders.
Depressive and anxiety disorders are amongst the most common illnesses in the community and primary care. These conditions are mainly diagnosed and managed in this setting. As previous reports in the literature have expressed concern about the level of under-diagnosis and the 'low treated prevalence' of patients with mental disorders (which included depression and anxiety), the aim of this unit is to enable students to increase their skills assessing, identifying and managing patients with mental ill-health - specifically depressive and anxiety disorders.
The acquisition of skills and confidence that students are expected to develop in this unit will then hopefully make a difference to clinical practice and patients, translating into better patient outcomes, both in terms of the quality of care provided and the number of affected patients that are provided with assistance.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Case study on patient with a depressive disorder (2,500 words) (40%)
Case study on patient with an anxiety disorder (2,500 words) (40%)
Short answer questions (1 hour) (20%)
CGP1002, CGP1003.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Claire Harrison |
This unit introduces the student to broad range of common dermatological problems encountered in the general practice setting, providing them with clinically relevant and up-to-date information on topics such as patterns and diagnosis of skin disease, erythematopapulosquamous diseases, dermal and subcutaneous problems, skin tumours and pigmented lesions, cutaneous manifestations of systematic diseases, skin infections, paediatric dermatology, cosmetic dermatology, Industrial dermatology and regional dermatology, amongst others. Topics are written by content specialists practicing in these areas, and are customised specifically for the general practitioner.
By the completion of this unit students should be able to:
Pictorial case studies (1.5 hours) (25%)
Pictorial case studies (1.5 hours) (25%)
Case report (2,500 words) (50%)
MFM1004.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Lufiani Mulyadi |
Paediatrics is an enormous field covering the whole range of clinical practice in the younger age group. This unit explores areas that are of practical relevance, interest and importance to the work of family practitioners, exploring child health problems as experienced in everyday practice. The aim for this unit is to increase skills and confidence to make treating that age group an even more interesting and satisfying part of general practice.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Clinical audit (35%)
Essay (15%)
Journal (50%)
MFM1007.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Danielle Mazza |
This unit addresses aspects of women's sexual and reproductive health commonly encountered in the general practice setting. It will consider the particular way that women's sexual and reproductive health issues present in the general practice context, current controversies in women's sexual and reproductive health, current evidence and guidelines pertinent to investigation and management of womens sexual and reproductive health issues and consideration of the women's medical issues in a psychosocial context.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Case study examining the psychosocial context of women's lives and the impact of this on women's sexual and reproductive health (2,000 words) (25%)
Online activities (for example reflections on readings and current practice, development of patient information sheets, quizzes related to the clinical areas covered by the unit (Amounting to a total of 6,000 words) (50%)
Audit of current practice in one of the areas of contraception, screening or menopause (2,000 words) (25%)
Available to postgraduate students only.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Craig Hassed |
In this unit students will examines the body of scientific evidence as the basis of mind-body medicine including linking stress with mental and physical illness and with a range of unhealthy lifestyle behaviours. Linking theory with practice, it uses a deep learning methodology by teaching practical skills in the form of mindfulness-based meditation and cognitive techniques which students first learn and practice themselves so that they are better placed to teach them to their patients to carry out in a variety of clinical settings. The unit identifies the circumstances and conditions in which these techniques are most useful. The links between scientific evidence, theory and practice are covered concurrently throughout the unit.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Scientific stream:
Assignment (1,500 words) (25%)
Essay (1,500 words) (25%)
Practical stream:
Journal - personal (2,000 words) (30%)
Journal - clinical (1,000 words) (20%)
120 hours.
See also Unit timetable information
DFM3002.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr G Wallace |
Pain is a common presenting problem in general practice, stimulating shared doctor and patient expectations of diagnosis and effective treatment. This unit attempts to improve the process of pain management by giving students clinically relevant and up to date information on topics including basic definition, anatomy, physiology of pain, psychological aspects of pain, evaluation of the patient with pain, role of the GP in pain management, role of pain clinics, specific disorders; migraine, neck and facial pain, TMJ, thoracic and lumbar pain, musculoskeletal pain including fibromyalgia, cancer pain and pain management in palliative care.
By the end of this unit students should be able to:
Preliminary audit (15%)
Post course audit (15%)
Assessment tasks (70%)
DFM3003.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ian Chenoweth |
In order to prescribe in the most appropriate manner, the prescriber needs a broad perspective. Rational prescribing needs an understanding of the pressures affecting a prescriber which may influence his or her prescribing patterns. As well, the prescriber must be aware of consumer and other factors which impinge upon optimal use of medication, and the subtle and not so subtle influences of manufacturers and government. This unit aims to have such a perspective, covering topics from the practical philosophy of rational prescribing, to the future of clinical pharmacology, to the planning for quality improvement within a primary care health setting.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment 1 (25%)
Assignment 2 (25%)
Assignment 3 (25%)
Assignment 4 (25%)
Students in non award programs (single unit cross institutional enrolment): Applicants must have a medical degree or other health practitioner degree and be currently registered with the Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Agency (AHPRA), or a similar local national registration body. Applicants who do not have a registrable degree with AHPRA or similar will be required to have the appropriate bachelors degree or equivalent. A minimum of 2 years vocational experience in a general practice setting is essential for both Australian and International applicants.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Craig Hassed |
Diabetes is a common disease of increasing prevalence in Australia and the rest of the world and is major source of preventable morbidity and mortality. Much of the diagnosis, treatment and monitoring of diabetic patients falls on the shoulders of General Practitioners. This unit will enhance the skills and knowledge of General Practitioners on all aspects of diabetes mellitus diagnosis and management and lifestyle modification and will include utilisation of medical specialists and diabetes support services.
By the completion of this unit students should be able to:
Case study (40%)
Pre course and post course audit (60%)
DFM3007.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sanjiva Wijesinha |
General practitioners are in the best position to identify individuals who are at risk of heart disease, and so implement primary prevention. This unit focuses on the modern assessment and management of cardiovascular problems encountered by the general practitioner. Topics covered include: hypertension, chest pain, atrial fibrillation, heart failure and syncope.
By the completion of this unit students should be able to:
Journal activities (Pass / Fail)
Essay (25%)
Essay (25%)
Audit part 1 and Audit part 2 (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Jeanette Beaufoy |
Seminars include psychoanalytic theories and psychopathology including an in-depth study of the work of Sigmund Freud and Melanie Klein. The applied seminars continue and include consultation, ethics and research. Clinical Supervision: individual Psychotherapy supervision, 2 hours per week. Parent Therapy Supervision, 1 hour per week. Infant Observation Seminar, 1 hour per week.
The objectives of this unit are:
Trainees' performance on the infant observation seminars
Written report submitted by clinical supervisors for each trainee detailing progress made
An integration of the various aspects of the unit are to be demonstrated
MCP5001 (MCP0001) and MCP5002 (MCP0002).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Jeanette Beaufoy |
Seminars include psychoanalytic theories and psychopathology including an in-depth study of the work of Sigmund Freud and Melanie Klein. The applied seminars continue and include consultation, ethics, trauma and research. Clinical Supervision: individual psychotherapy supervision, 2 hours per week. Parent Therapy Supervision, 1 hour per week. Infant Observation Seminar, 1 hour per week.
The objectives of this unit are:
Trainees' performance on seminars
Written account of the year's infant observations to be submitted
Written report submitted by clinical supervisors for each trainee detailing progress made
An integration of the various aspects of the unit are to be demonstrated
MCP5001 (MCP0001), MCP5002 (MCP0002) and MCP5003 (MCP0003).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Jeanette Beaufoy |
Seminars include psychoanalytic theories and psychopathology including the work of Sigmund Freud, Melanie Klein and Wilfred Bion. Clinical and Research seminars continue. Clinical Supervision: individual psychotherapy supervision, 2 hours per week. Parent Therapy Supervision, 1 hour per week.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Trainees' performance on seminars
Written report submitted by clinical supervisors for each trainee detailing progress made
An integration of the various aspects of the unit are to be demonstrated in the students' clinical work
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Jeanette Beaufoy |
Seminars include psychoanalytic theories and psychopathology including the work of Sigmund Freud, Melanie Klein and Wilfred Bion. Clinical and Research Seminars continue. Clinical Supervision: individual psychotherapy supervision, 2 hours per week. Parent Therapy Supervision, 1 hour per week.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Trainees' performance on seminars
Written report submitted by clinical supervisors for each trainee detailing progress made
An integration of the various aspects of the unit are to be demonstrated
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2015 (Day) Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2015 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2015 (Day) Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2015 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Online) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paul Jennings |
The student will currently be taking or about to commence a work-based project. The student will gain their employer's support and prepare a project brief in the form of a learning contract which will then be discussed with the unit coordinator and signed off by both the student and the unit coordinator. An appropriately qualified and experienced industry leader and/or academic will be appointed as co-supervisor with the unit coordinator. The unit will require the student to define the problem/question/task, identify an appropriate theoretical model/methodology, collect the necessary data, undertake the analysis and prepare the report.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Preparation of project proposal and learning contract (1,000 words) (10%)
Participation in regular meetings with supervisor and contribution to monthly WebCT discussions (15%)
Verbal presentation of final report (20 mins plus 10 mins discussion) (25%)
Written report in format suitable for publication (5,000 - 6,000 words) (50%)
PAR5010, PAR5011.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Notting Hill First semester (extended) 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Fiona Kent |
This unit will involve participants in the development of their teaching skills, including the theoretical aspects of teaching and learning in a variety of settings.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Teaching practical and plan (30%)
Teaching sequence plan (2,500 words) (50%)
Teaching philosophy (1,000 words) (20%)
Off-campus with compulsory study days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Notting Hill Term 2 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Judy Lockie |
This unit will provide participants with the opportunity to develop their knowledge and skills in the area of clinical teaching. Participants will explore the theories that have been developed to classify, explain and describe different approaches to clinical teaching and learning. In doing so, participants will be expected to draw upon experience from their own teaching, from the approach of their own professional group and also information from other health professions.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Teaching practical and plan (30%)
Critical incident (2,000 words) (30%)
Analytical paper (2,500 words) (40%)
Off-campus with compulsory study days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Notting Hill Second semester (extended) 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Margaret Hay |
This unit is designed to provide participants with an understanding of contemporary approaches to assessment in the health professions, with a particular emphasis on competency-based assessment. This unit aims to develop participants' understanding of assessment theory and practice aplied to health professions education across undergraduate and postgraduate training. Taking a systems approach, participants will analyse their role in the assessment of their learners and the importance of their role to the learners themselves, their institution, accreditation bodies and the community.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Group presentation (10%)
Assessment system mind map (20%)
Assessment tool analysis (2500 words) (40%)
Analytical paper (2000 words) (30%)
Off-campus with compulsory study days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Notting Hill Second semester (extended) 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) Notting Hill Second semester (extended) 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Melanie Farlie |
MEU9004 will introduce participants to the concepts, terminology and development processes of curriculum design. The unit will focus upon the basic principles of curriculum development as they apply to the variety of organisational settings represented by the course participants. Participants will also be introduced to change management processes and evaluation skills. The unit is designed to be practical in its focus and will build upon the perspectives introduced in MEU9001 - MEU9003.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Curriculum development project (45%)
Evaluation and change management plan (45%)
Teaching portfolio (10%)
Off-campus students: Ten (10) hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Off-campus with compulsory study days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Notting Hill First semester (extended) 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Deb Colville |
The unit focuses on research in contemporary health professional education. It will provide participants with the opportunity to develop foundation research skills and knowledge tailored to their teaching environment and/or interests.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Research plan (5,000 words) (45%)
Ethics assessment (2,500 words) (25%)
Portfolio (4,000 words) (30%)
Off-campus with compulsory study days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Notting Hill Second semester (extended) 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Margaret Bearman |
Simulation is now a widely used teaching and learning strategy in health professional education. This unit will provide you with the opportunity to explore the use of simulation as a means of learning professional and clinical skills. You will have the opportunity to examine the theoretical basis, design, planning and implementation features, and evaluation processes related to the implementation of simulation. A full range of simulated methods will be examined including case based learning, professional and clinical skills acquisition using simulated patients, authentic e-learning environments and low, medium to high fidelity clinical simulators. You will explore the characteristics of effective simulation-based educational environments, with a focus on designing simulation programs within your own context.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Simulated program design and evaluation plan (50%)
Written assignment (40%)
Teaching portfolio (10%)
Off-campus with compulsory study days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Notting Hill Second semester (extended) 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Deb Colville |
MEU9013 will provide participants with the opportunity to integrate their knowledge of educational theory, assessment and evaluation while developing, with constructive feedback, educational initiatives appropriate to their own educational roles e.g. new ways of bedside teaching, lecture delivery, initiating small group work, redeveloping an examination or assessment package.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Project proposal (3,000 words) (40%)
Project report (8,000 words) (60%)
Off-campus students: Ten (10) hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Notting Hill Term 2 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Charlotte Denniston |
This unit will provide participants with the theoretical and practical knowledge and skills related to working within a range of simulation environments. It will introduce participants to the practical strategies related to planning, designing and delivering simulation-based learning. The unit includes clinical skills, simulation scenario development and designing simulation activities.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Teaching practical and plan (30%)
A clinical simulation scenario plan (3,000 words) (40%)
Annotated bibliography (1,500 words) (30%)
Off campus with compulsory study days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Judy Lockie |
This unit is designed to introduce a range of current issues in health professional education practice and research to students in masterclass format. It is specifically intended to cover in-depth key trends in health professional education, drawing from the latest publication and research. Students will complete a series of 6-8 masterclasses, run primarily as one day intensives (up to 6) or equivalent on-line interactions (up to 3). These will build upon previous work introduced within the Graduate Certificate of Health Professional Education. Masterclasses will be conducted in topics such as: inter-professional education, feedback, strategies for working with under-performing students, peer learning, patient perspectives in education, leadership in health professional education, work-based assessment and systematic review in health professional education. Each masterclasses will be supported by readings and activities within the students' own environments.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Analytical essay (40%)
Presentation plus documentation (1 topic in-depth, emphasis on application to practice) (40%)
Teaching portfolio (including collection of at least one exercise pertaining to each masterclass) (20%)
Each student will undertake the equivalent of 6 masterclasses, through up to 6 study days, over the course of the semester, plus up to 3 online masterclasses. Each masterclass will also have associated readings and activities.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Peter Schattner |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.
This unit is a compulsory core unit for the Master of Family Medicine and covers the following content: the science and art of medicine, the technology and craft of medicine, health and illness, sickness and disease, aetiology, diagnosis and prognosis, concepts of healing, history and philosophy of general practice, conceptual framework of general practice, roles and tasks of the general practitioner, general practice in the community and community health, future directions of general practice and general practitioners in the university setting.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Completion of brief written tasks based on the work of each session, week by week (49%)
Three formal assignments, based on broader concepts (1,200 words each) (51%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michal Schneider-Kolsky |
This is a compulsory core unit for the Master of Medical Ultrasound course. Students are expected to explore the following areas; introduction to methodology, scope and nature of research in medical imaging, study designs, qualitative versus quantitative research, descriptive, observational and experimental studies, getting started, including literature surveys, critical appraisal of journal articles, research protocols, descriptive and inferential statistics, data analysis, questionnaire construction and survey techniques and writing papers and giving presentations on research.
On completion of the unit students should be able to:
Qualitative research project assignment (3,000 words) (20%)
Critical appraisal assignment (2,000 words) (15%)
Research protocol assignment (2,000 words) (15%)
Statistics assignment (10%)
Questionnaire survey assignment (4,000 words) (40%)
Completion of the Graduate Diploma in Medical Ultrasound or equivalent.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Full year 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Peter Schattner |
This unit forms a compulsory core unit for the MFM course and aims to provide students with the following: demonstrate critical appraisal and organisational skills required of academic general practitioners with respect to research in general practice, carry out independent and collaborative research in general practice at a level expected of a Masters graduate, contribute to body of knowledge of general practice through its literature and publications and ultimately supervise research projects of a nature comparable to those required of Masters graduates.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Minor thesis (Pass / Fail)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Notting Hill First semester 2015 (Online) Notting Hill Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ian Chenoweth |
This unit aims to give students broad understanding of the current and future impacts of chronic disease management on primary care, together with knowledge of models and systems of response, and particular skills to use in their workplace.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students are already working in the field - no extra time is needed for completion of this unit
Essay (1,500 words) (25%)
Recording and report (1,500 words) (25%)
Report (1,500 words) (25%)
Report (1,500 words) (25%)
15-20 hours per week for 6 weeks. There are no requirements of on-campus learning. Private study will involve reading, searching online for associated materials, planning and implementing the assessment tasks where indicated.
See also Unit timetable information
Students in non award programs (single unit / cross institutional enrolment): Applicants must have a medical degree or other health practitioner degree and be currently registered with the Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Agency (AHPRA), or a similar local national registration body. Applicants who do not have a registrable degree with AHPRA or similar will be required to have the appropriate bachelors degree or equivalent. A minimum of 2 years vocational experience in a general practice setting is essential for both Australian and International applicants.
Enrolment in Master of Family Medicine.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Notting Hill First semester 2015 (Online) Notting Hill Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Peter Schattner |
This unit will help clarify what evidence based practice (EBP) is, especially in the general practice setting. The unit aims to enhance student skills in finding and applying the latest research evidence. This includes searching evidence databases on the internet, and critically appraising the information retrieved. The course has been written on the assumption that participants have not previously studied research methods or clinical epidemiology, although either of these would be helpful.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment 1: Looking for evidence (1,000 words) (30%)
Assignment 2: Appraising the evidence (1,000 words) (30%)
Assignment 3: Applying the evidence (1,500 words) (40%)
Online course. 10 hours per weekly session. This takes into account the three assignments, which will take approximately 3 hours each.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Peter Schattner |
This is a compulsory core unit for the Grad.Dip in Family Medicine and MFM(Clin) courses. Students are expected to explore the following areas; introduction to methodology, history of general practice, scope and nature of general practice research, study designs, qualitative versus quantitative research, the epidemiological basis of general practice research, descriptive, observational and experimental studies, getting started in research, critical appraisal of journal articles, research protocols, descriptive and inferential statistics, data analysis, questionnaire construction and survey techniques, writing papers and giving presentations on research.
The unit is designed to take a logical path from framing a researchable question to developing a plan, implementing it, obtaining and then analysing results, and finally writing the project up. Introductory concepts of statistical analysis will be included, but students will not be expected to have a detailed working knowledge of this difficult subject area.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students will be expected to complete 4 written assignments plus an MCQ.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Peter Schattner |
This unit is a compulsory core unit for the MFM course and is designed to assist students in the development of their research project. It covers such issues as starting a project, measurement, project management, funding a research project, statistical planning, data analysis, collaborative research, and research in general practice.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Literature review (1,500 words) (15%)
Reliability and validity study (1,500 words) (10%)
Funding application (1,500 words) (20%)
Ethics application (1,500 words) (20%)
Pilot study (2,000 words) (35%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of General Practice |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Danielle Mazza |
In this unit students will gain an overview of the importance of prevention in the primary care setting and the critical role played by general practice and those working within the general practice team in the delivery of such care.
They will gain an appreciation of patient perceptions of prevention in primary care and identify other barriers and facilitators to prevention in a practice population.
Students will learn to utilise important tools and resources in their practice and apply evidence based strategies to overcoming barriers.
Best practice approaches to identification of those at risk and the implementation of screening and early detection will be considered and evaluated.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment: Literature review (2,000 words) (30%)
Assignment: Practice policy document (2,000 words) (40%)
Case study: Preventive care intervention report (2,000 words) (30%)
Hurdle requirement:
Online activities: 15-20 brief written tasks (reflections and analysis) (2,000 words)
12 hours per week inclusive of private study time spent reading the unit guide, readings and undertaking assessment tasks.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This is the second unit in the formal requirement for the completion of either a project or minor thesis, as part of a Masters degree in the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences. Students will be required to complete an ethics application and to finalise specific issues surrounding their choice of research design, data collection methods and participant recruitment procedures. Students will work closely with a research supervisor to decide upon an appropriate site and source of data and to secure appropriate approvals from any relevant organisation (e.g., multiple ethics applications may be required). Satisfactory progress in relation to the research is a prerequisite for enrolment in the next unit in the research thesis sequence.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students will be required to submit Progress Report 2 (100%)
Complete and submit a Monash SCERH ethical application (hurdle requirement)
TBA
12 hours per week or 156 hours per semester.
MFM2001, any MRU unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Baki Billah |
This is the third unit in the formal requirements for completion of the research thesis/project. Students will be required to recruit participants and collect data in accordance with their initial research design and proposed analysis. Students will continue to work closely with their research supervisor to collect data and to begin to analyse preliminary results. Satisfactory progress in relation to the research is a prerequisite for enrolment into the final unit in this research sequence.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Students will be required to submit Progress Report 3 (hurdle) (100%)
12 hours per week or 156 hours per semester.
MFM2001, Any MRU unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | mnhs-student-admin@monash.edu |
This is the fourth unit in the formal requirements for completion of the research thesis/project. Students will complete and submit their Research Report for evaluation. Supervision will continue until the report is submitted and students will be encouraged to consider both the strengths and limitations of their research as well as to address any directions for future research in their chosen research area.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Research report (5,000 - 7,000 words)
Post presentations (hurdle)
12 hours per week or 156 per semester.
MFM2001, Any MRU unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Pamela Snow |
Modules include psychological development, the sociology of childhood and adolescence, and principles of communication, intervention & referral.
Upon completion of this unit students will have a significant grounding in theoretical perspectives of child and adolescent development; a knowledge of developmental stages and transitions; an understanding of the impact of development on a child's sense of self, relationship with family and others and with educationalists.
Students will:
Three written assignments (2,000 words each) (30% each)
Participation in threaded discussion groups (10%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Pamela Snow |
Modules include specific psychiatric & psychological syndromes, interventions in the classroom and school, and a case study discussion of classroom difficulties.
Upon completion of this unit students will:
They will therefore:
Three written assignments (2,000 words each) (90%) (30% each)
Participation in threaded discussion groups (10%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Pamela Snow |
On completion of this unit students will have acquired a knowledge of practical counselling skills and had some experience in practicing them. They will also learn about the phases of change which individuals go through in the process of first becoming aware of a problem to its resolution. Since the counselling of students raises questions related to development, students will gain some knowledge of personality development and how different personal styles affect counselling.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able:
Written case presentation, with a case formulation (20%)
Oral case presentation, with recommendations, description of intervention and its evaluation (30%)
Essay on one aspect of counselling, the nature of anxiety, depression, anger; and aggression or a process of counselling such as the counselling relationship, empathy, evaluation of counselling or a topic to be approved by the convenor (50%)
2 day on-campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Pamela Snow |
Upon completion of this unit, students will have significant grounding in observation method and the role of participant observer; increased capacity to reflect upon and to manage in their own roles at school; a capacity to understand and analyse group dynamics in the class-room, the school, and the wider educational system; and knowledge of factors that foster a learning environment at school.
On completion of this unit students will:
Report (50%)
Presentation and process notes (40%)
Participation in online discussion forum (10%)
Two day on-campus workshop.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mary Anne Biroand Ms Maureen Miles (Gippsland) |
An introduction to normal pregnancy and childbirth and the role of the midwife in providing care for women. This unit will provide the foundational knowledge to enable midwifery students to provide safe and effective midwifery care to healthy mothers and babies across the childbearing continuum, incorporating anatomy and physiology and the evidence basis for maternity care. The focus will be on the role of the midwife as a primary carer and working in partnership with women.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Written assignment (2,500 words) (30%)
Reflective exercises (2 x 400 words each) (10%)
Guided study activities (online participation) (10%)
Examination (compulsory pass required) (50%)
Assessment of midwifery practice skills (Pass / Fail)
Attendance at study blocks held on-campus at Gippsland and Clayton.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mary Anne Biroand Ms Maureen Miles (Gippsland) |
An introduction to complex pregnancy and childbirth and the role of the midwife in providing care for women experiencing problems. Students will develop their existing knowledge/skills by working with women and other members of the healthcare team when problems arise during pregnancy, labour & birth, and the first weeks after birth. The students will also acquire foundational knowledge of the care of babies with special needs. Students will have the opportunity to study the circumstances that commonly result in a baby being admitted to a Level Two Nursery. The issues confronting the infant and family during this period will be explored and the role of the midwife in facilitating health and wellbeing of the family. Students will reflect upon and debate the ethico-legal issues involved in care of the baby with special needs. Emphasis is given to the collaborative role of the midwife, consultation and referral, use of medical technology & intervention, and the implications for women, their babies, and midwives themselves.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Written assignment (2,500 words) (30%)
Guided study activities (20%)
Exam (Compulsory pass required) (50%)
Assessment of midwifery practice skills (Pass / Fail)
Attendance at study blocks held on-campus at Gippsland and Clayton.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mary Anne Biroand Ms Maureen Miles (Gippsland) |
This unit addresses the need for students to adequately understand what it means to be a professional midwife through exploring issues that impact upon the role of the midwife. These issues include socio-cultural, historical, political, regulatory, legal, ethical and institutional factors that affect midwifery and maternity service delivery at local, national and international levels. Against these factors the role of midwifery as primary health care will be explored in relation to health promotion and education in pregnancy, birth, parenting and lactation, and fertility regulation. This unit works to put into context for the student, the nature and scope of midwifery practice, its interaction and relationships with powerful others in the maternity service milieu, its relationship to consumer activist and advocacy groups, and its role in the community.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Abstract and poster presentation (30%)
Written assignment (40%)
Guided study activities (30%)
Assessment of midwifery practice skills (Pass / Fail)
Attendance at residential schools held on campus at Gippsland (Gippsland only).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Maureen Miles |
Consolidation of midwifery practice is required for students to be able to effectively function as registered midwives on completion of their course. This unit provides students with a comprehensive and clinically focused preparation and assessment for transition to practice as competent registered midwives. Students will have the opportunity to apply the theory explored throughout the course to extend and develop confidence in their practice. It is required that students will be employed in midwifery practice for a minimum of 4 days per fortnight in addition to their studies. Individual learning objectives will enable students to undertake a critique of institutional practices, policies, procedures and protocols whilst engaged in remediation, consolidation or extension of midwifery practice skills.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
A written portfolio and presented in an individualised portfolio comprising of research project (60%)
Presentation to peers in a conference format (20%)
Written assignment (155 words) (20%)
Assessment of midwifery practice skills (Pass / Fail)
Attendance at residential schools held oncampus at Gippsland.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mary Anne Biro |
Advancing Midwifery Practice is a 12 Credit Point theory and practice unit designed to meet the needs of students wishing to develop advanced midwifery skills and knowledge within particular contexts. Midwifery practice in Australia and overseas is increasingly faced with women requiring technological solutions to complex clinical situations. Obstetrics as a profession is shrinking in numbers, and the impact of a lack of professional indemnity insurance has forced the reordering of maternity services. Government policies and reports advocate for an increased role for midwifery in the provision of maternity services at all levels of risk. In many countries around the world midwifery is at the forefront of a range of complexity of maternity care, but the preparation of midwives for complex practice is ad hoc and poorly realised.
This Unit aims to prepare midwives with the knowledge for skills development in complex clinical situations. The unit is structured to allow flexibility and individualisation of the content to better meet the needs of individual practitioners and their practice settings. Theoretical knowledge will include pathophysiology, technology, evidence and practice issues related to skills clusters. These clusters include: Prenatal, Perinatal, Postnatal and High Risk.
Opportunities will be given for students to gain experience in high-level maternity services in order to complete clinical competencies. Students will understand the requirement and processes necessary for evidence based practice and will gain skills for its implementation in an environment that might be resistant. Students will have the opportunity to critique self and context in relation to evidence in practice. Students will also identify potential for developing collegial and collaborative relationships to other maternity service providers within a practice setting (eg medical practitioners, allied health professionals, nurses and community groups). Portfolio of work, tutorial presentations and participation.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment (60%) (Students must achieve a pass in this assessment to pass the unit) (Hurdle)
Tutorial presentation (20%)
Participation in online discussion (20%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mary Anne Biroand Ms Maureen Miles (Gippsland) |
This unit introduces students to the interrelationship of midwifery practice, maternity care and public health. The impact of maternity care on maternal and infant health will be discussed within the context of its social determinants. The role of midwifery and maternity care in improving perinatal outcomes for disadvantaged women and families will be discussed and debated. Against these factors the role of midwifery as primary health care will be explored in relation to health promotion and education in pregnancy, birth, parenting and lactation, and fertility regulation. This unit works to put into context for the student, the nature and scope of midwifery practice and places it as central to securing improved maternal and infant health outcomes.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Written assignment (3,000 words) (30%)
Guided questions (2 x 1,000 words) (30%)
Abstract and poster presentation (public health issue) (40%)
Assessment of midwifery practice skills (Pass / Fail)
24 hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Attendance at study blocks held on-campus at Gippsland and Clayton.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mary Anne Biroand Ms Maureen Miles (Gippsland) |
This unit addresses the need for students to understand what it means to be a midwife by exploring a range of contextual and professional issues. These will include socio-cultural, historical, political, regulatory, legal, ethical and institutional factors that affect midwifery and maternity services at local, national and international levels. This unit also provides students with a consolidation of midwifery clinical practice to support the transition to registered midwife. Individual learning objectives will enable students to undertake a critique of institutional practices, policies, procedures and protocols.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Essay (2,500 words) (20%)
Clinical practice project (60%)
Presentation to peers (20%)
Assessment of midwifery practice skills (Pass / Fail)
Completion of midwifery portfolio (Pass / Fail)
Attendance at residential schools held on-campus at Gippsland and block schools oncampus at Clayton.
See also Unit timetable information
Attendance at residential schools held on-campus at Gippsland and block schools on-campus at Clayton.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
Major thesis
minor coursework as specified by the enrolling department.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Catherine Kealley and Ms Caroline Wright |
The focus of this unit is an in-depth understanding of the key facets of radiation physics. Students will be able to define radiation and radioactive decay. Students will be able to describe in detail the interactions of radiation with matter, and explain how radiation is detected and measured. Students will gain an appreciation for the importance of radiation safety, and will be encouraged to critically reflect on the implications of radiation protection in their clinical experiences. Students will also be given an introduction to medical radiations instrumentation and techniques, with emphasis on the fusion of the conceptual theory with the practical applications. Whilst studying these topics, students will be encouraged to critically reflect, analyse and synthesise relevant information from the literature and their previous experiences of studying physics.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Two assignments (2,000 words each) (40%)
Mid-semester secure online test (1 hour) (10%)
Written invigilated examination (2 hours) (50%)
Hurdle: To pass this unit, students must:
Achieve a combined mark of 50% or more of the available marks for the assignments and mid-semester test combined,
Achieve 50% or more of the available marks for the written examination and
Achieve a total aggregate mark for this unit of 50% or more.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Catherine Osborne |
This unit is the first of three units dealing specifically with the principles and applications of radiation therapy planning and treatment. This unit will cover anatomy, physiology, pathology and oncology of the; integumentary, female reproductive, male reproductive, lower respiratory, lower digestive, urinary and renal systems. In addition students will also analyse and evaluate the principles of radiation therapy planning, ICRU guidelines, metastatic disease and palliative care. Students will appraise and identify cross sectional and 3D anatomy from a range of imaging modalities including CT, MRI and PET. Students will gain in-depth knowledge on the molecular basis of cancer. Students will be able to analyse and describe cancer management strategies, including chemotherapy, surgery and radiation therapy, and synthesis these with individual patient diagnosis and staging. This unit will introduce a series of professional issues; communication, ethics, patient care, cultural awareness and occupational health and safety as they relate to radiation therapy. Whilst studying these topics, students will be encouraged to critically reflect, analyse and synthesis relevant information from the literature and reflect on their clinical experiences to further develop and build their critical analysis skills.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (3 hours) (50%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour) (20%)
Two assignments (3,000 words each) (30%)
Hurdle:
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit; and
Successful completion of the Clinical Orientation Workbook.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Brad Cassels and Ms Caroline Wright |
This unit focuses on the action of ionising radiation on living things at the cellular level and the resulting effects on organs, tissues and the whole body. Students will gain an in-depth knowledge on the biological effects of ionising and non-ionising radiation, and the mechanisms of repair to biological damage. Students will be able to describe the systemic and total body responses to early/late effects of radiation. Students will undertake a critical review on how the effects of radiation on biological tissue can be utilised in the practice of radiation therapy. Students will acquire an appreciation of the potential hazards present in different radiation therapy procedures, and focus on the principles of dose reduction, while maximising the information produced from a particular dose of ionising or non-ionising radiation. Whilst studying these topics, students will be encouraged to critically reflect, analyse and synthesise relevant information from the literature.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Two assignments (2,000 words each) (40%)
Presentation and critical reflection (10%)
Written invigilated examination (2 hours) (50%)
Hurdle: To pass this unit, students must:
Achieve a combined mark of 50% or more of the available marks for the assignments and presentation/critical review combined,
Achieve 50% or more of the available marks for the written examination and
Achieve a total aggregate mark for this unit of 50% or more.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Caroline Wright |
This unit is designed to provide students with knowledge of the Australian health care system, medico-legal, ethical issues, and psychology as related to the practice of radiation therapy. Students will gain in-depth knowledge of health care regulation. Medico-legal and ethical principles relating to the practice of radiation therapy will be studied. Students will gain in-depth knowledge on the psychological theories relating to responses to a cancer diagnosis, coping, the effects of treatment, grief and death and dying. Students will be able to analyse and describe the cause, nature, presentation and course of psychological responses in people with cancer. Whilst studying these topics, students will be encouraged to critically reflect, analyse and synthesise relevant information from the literature and reflect on their clinical experiences to further develop and build their skills of critical analysis.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (2 hours) (50%)
Two written word assignments (2,000 words each) (50%)
Hurdle:
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Catherine Kealley and Ms Caroline Wright |
This unit covers advanced medical radiations physics with a specific focus on image formation and instrumentation. Students will gain an in-depth conceptual understanding of the instrumentation used for each of the diagnostic imaging modalities. Students will undertake a critical review of the physical properties responsible for image formation. Students will acquire an appreciation of the Image Registration process and the importance of combination imaging in radiation therapy. Students will gain an in-depth knowledge in the underlying theory and corresponding advancements in clinical radiation therapy instrumentation. Students will apply this knowledge in a critical review of advanced radiation therapy techniques.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Two assignments (2,000 words each) (40%)
Presentation and critical review (10%)
Written invigilated examination (2 hours) (50%)
Hurdle: To pass this unit, students must:
Achieve a combined mark of 50% or more of the available marks for the assignments and presentation/critical review combined,
Achieve 50% or more of the available marks for the written examination and
Achieve a total aggregate mark for this unit of 50% or more.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Catherine Osborne |
This unit is the second of three units dealing specifically with the principles and applications of radiation therapy planning and treatment. This unit will cover the: loco-motor, lymphatic, cardio-vascular, and haematological systems. In addition students will also analyse and evaluate the principles of quality assurance and how they relate to the practice of radiation therapy. Students will gain in-depth knowledge on the role applications of image verification in radiation therapy treatment delivery. Students will be able to analyse and evaluate radiation therapy beam modification devices and planning evaluation tools. This unit includes a five week clinical placement that will allow students to develop further clinical and professional skills to intermediate beginner level. Whilst studying these topics, students will be encouraged to critically reflect, analyse and synthesis relevant information from the literature and reflect on their clinical experiences.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (3 hours) (50%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour) (10%)
Two assignments (3,000 words each) (30%)
Clinical skills assessment (10%)
Hurdle:
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Caroline Wright |
This clinical placement unit of 10 weeks will allow students to begin developing both their technical and professional skills within the field of Medical Radiation Science. This unit will also provide students with the opportunity to practice infection control, occupational health and safety, radiation safety; communication and administrative skills. Students will demonstrate the characteristics of a beginning reflective practitioner.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Clinical placement: 10 weeks.
Four case reports (50%)
a. Communication case report (500 words)
b. Empathy case report (500 words)
c. Treatment case report (1,000 words)
d. Planning case report (1,000 words)
Clinical skills assessment (10%)
Written assignment (2,000 words) (40%)
Hurdle:
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit; and
Successful completion of Professional Practice Portfolio.
10 weeks clinical placement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Catherine Osborne and Mr Paul Lombardo |
This unit is the third and final unit dealing specifically with the principles and applications of radiation therapy planning and treatment. This unit will cover paediatric radiation therapy along with the central nervous, upper digestive, upper respiratory, endocrine systems, and organs of special sense. Students will analyse 3D imaging datasets, CT, MRI and PET and describe how they relate to individual patient management. Students will gain knowledge on the role and clinical applications of brachytherapy, stereotactic radiosurgery, stereotactic radiotherapy, tomo-therapy and proton therapy. Whilst studying these topics, students will be encouraged to critically reflect, analyse and synthesis relevant information from the literature and reflect on their clinical experiences.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (3 hours) (50%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour) (20%)
Two assignments (3,000 words each) (30%)
Hurdle:
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Imalda Devaparanam and Ms Caroline Wright |
The unit introduces students to the principles and practice of evidence-based practice and research. Students will gain in-depth knowledge on research methods. Students will be able to analyse and describe quantitative and qualitative research designs, and demonstrate how to apply these to the field of radiation therapy. Different methods of data collection, analysis, interpretation, communication and subsequent critique of the findings will be presented. The unit will allow an in-depth exploration of the evidence-based practice paradigm and students will demonstrate how research findings can influence patient care and management in radiation therapy. Whilst studying these topics, students will be encouraged to critically reflect, analyse and synthesise relevant information from the literature, reflecting on their experiences from clinical practice to further develop and build their skills of critical analysis.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Research plan (2,000 words) (40%)
Evidence based literature review (4,000 words) (60%)
Hurdle:
All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Caroline Wright |
This unit is a period of professional clinical experience undertaken in the workplace to enable students to develop competency. Students will practice under the supervision of qualified staff, and a clinical workbook will be provided to enable students to document their professional and technical development.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
47 weeks of continuous clinical placement.
Hurdle:
Pass each end-of-semester final clinical skills assessment and portfolio submission
Pass the end of year clinical moderation in planning, treatment and professional reflection.
47 weeks of continuous clinical placement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
This unit is an extension of the minor thesis unit enrolled in to gain extra time to complete minor thesis work.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
This unit is an extension of the minor thesis unit enrolled in to gain extra time to complete minor thesis work.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
This unit is an extension of the minor thesis unit enrolled in to gain extra time to complete minor thesis work.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
This unit is an extension of the minor thesis unit enrolled in to gain extra time to complete minor thesis work.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
This unit is an extension of the minor thesis unit enrolled in to gain extra time to complete minor thesis work.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Miranda Davies and Professor Flavia Cicuttini |
Differences between descriptive & analytical epidemiology, strengths & weaknesses of different epidemiological study design & basic concepts & methods of biostatistics including confidence intervals, p-values & sample size, statistical tests for comparing groups, regression models & survival analysis. Design & evaluation of clinical trials.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Two assignments (1,500 words each) (50%)
Examination (3 hours) (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dianna Magliano |
To be taken concurrently with MPH5041 together they are prerequisites for clinical epidemiology elective units. Contents: rates, sources of data, descriptive & analytical epidemiology, epidemiological study designs, critical appraisal of literature, screening, prevention, exposure assessment, outbreak investigation, confounding & bias.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignments (25%)
Examination (75%)
2 contact hours per week for on-campus students.
See also Unit timetable information
2 day compulsory on-campus block for off-campus students.
MPH5041, except for students enrolled in courses 3896 (Perioperative stream), 2312 or 0160.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Baki Billah |
Notes
Students do not have provision to borrow SPSS CD from Monash University; they have to lease/buy it from IBM SPSS.
This unit is taken concurrently with MPH5040. Together they are prerequisites for clinical epidemiology elective units. Contents includes: classification of health data; summarizing data using simple statistical methods and graphical presentation; sampling distributions, quantifying uncertainty in results from a sample; statistical distributions; comparing two/more groups/methods using hypothesis tests and confidence intervals; assessing the association between outcome and exposure using chi-squared test; risk comparisons; prediction of an event or identifying risk factors for an event of interest where the event is measured in continuous scale; prediction of an event or identifying risk factors for an event of interest where the event is measured on a binary scale (yes/no); sample size calculations.
Students are required to have access to a calculator equipped with elementary scientific functions (e.g. Casio FX-100) and a statistical package for data analysis e.g. SPSS, PRISM, STATA (help will be available with SPSS only. Note: Students don't have provision to borrow SPSS CD from Monash; they may have to lease/buy it from SPSS.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment 1 (15%)
Assignment 2 (25%)
Assignment 3 (40%)
2 x Online test (20 MCQ each test) (10% each test)
2 contact hours per week for on-campus students.
See also Unit timetable information
3 day on-campus block for off-campus students.
MPH5040, except for students enrolled in courses 3896 (Perioperative stream), or 2312.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Joseph Ibrahim |
This unit will examine the health impacts of climate change, and the relevance of this to the principles and practices of public health. Informed by an understanding of the fundamental role of climate stability for sustained population health, and of evidence for anthropogenic global warming, the focus of the unit will be on direct and indirect mechanisms through which climate change could impact on health, including extreme weather events, changing patterns of vector-borne disease, water-borne infections, food quality and availability, air quality, and social disruption. There will be an emphasis on evidence for past and predicted health effects, health burden magnitude and distribution, and the complex interplay between population and environmental factors that influence vulnerability. Students will apply this knowledge to critically appraise adaptation and mitigation initiatives from a public health perspective, and will be expected to engage with current climate change issues and communicate their ideas clearly and effectively.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Letter to the editor (500 words) (20%)
Reflective essay (2,000 words) (30%)
Online class participation (50%)
12 hours per week, broken down into (on average) 4 hours per week for reading core material, 4 hours per week completing exercises (manual, computer-based, or online), 2 hours per week for online communication via Moodle discussions, and 2 hours per week for assignment preparation.
See also Unit timetable information
15 hours over 2 block days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Rory Wolfe |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.
Confounding and effect modification, logistic regression, conditional logistic regression for matched case-control studies, linear regression, diagnostics to assess model fit, model estimation methods, Poisson regression for rates, Stata statistical software.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Four written assignments (10%, 35%, 35%, 20% each)
2 x 2 block days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sylvia Pomeroy and Professor Michael Abramson |
The unit will cover applications of epidemiological techniques to clinical research including discussions of evidence, therapy, causation, variation and agreement, the normal range, diagnostic test selection, validation and interpretation, natural history and prognosis, bias, generalisability, systematic reviews and clinical guidelines.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
1. critically appraise evidence relating to the causation, diagnosis, natural history, treatment and prognosis of disease.
Written / online weekly assessment tasks (50%)
Final assignment (50%)
15 contact hours over 2 days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ewan MacFarlane |
Environmental influences on health including physical, chemical and biological hazards as well as principles of assessment, management and control of environmental health risks.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignments (1 x 2,000 words; 1 x 2,500 words) (80%)
Online tasks (20%)
Hurdle: Full attendance at unit block days.
OCL plus 3 day block.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robert Hall |
Epidemiology and control of chronic diseases. Overview of important chronic diseases in Australia in 2011, and strategies for their prevention and control. Measurement of disease and burden of disease; concept of risk factors and risk factors for important chronic diseases; the effect of social and economic factors on the epidemiology of chronic diseases; impact of chronic diseases on society and the economy; smoking, nutrition and physical activity as risk factors for important chronic diseases; cardiovascular diseases and their prevention; oral diseases and their prevention; injuries and their prevention; respiratory diseases and their prevention; cancers and their prevention; screening as a public health tool; health promotion as a public health tool; use of evidence in public health programmes to prevent chronic diseases.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online class tasks (50%)
Written assignments (50%)
15 contact hours over 2 days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anita Wluka |
This unit provides an introduction to the research methods used in observational studies and is designed to help the student develop the practical skills required in the design and assessment of a research project. It covers issues in protocol design, including study type selection, introduction to questionnaire design, sampling methods, and ethics approval. This introduces the student to planning data management and statistical analysis and developing a study budget. An introduction to the role of qualitative research is also covered.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment 1 (up to 1,500 words, including references) (10%)
Assignment 2 (up to 3,500 words, excluding references) (30%)
Examination (2 hours) (45%)
Quiz (15 minutes) (5%)
Participation (30 minutes each week - online or face to face) (10%)
The total workload requirement for this unit is 12 hours of work per week. This incorporates the following:
For option 1 (On campus learning): 2 hours per week;
For option 2 (Off campus learning): 15 contact hours over 2 days + OCL (discussion online)
Note: These options are not interchangeable midway through semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Karin Leder and Dr Robert Hall |
Importance of transmission source, host and organism factors in infectious disease epidemiology. Outbreak investigation, surveillance of infectious diseases, prevention/control strategies, mathematical modelling of infectious diseases and of impact of immunity. Includes discussion of infection control, vaccines, exotic and emerging diseases.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Web-based tasks and block day participation (60%)
Class presentation (40%)
3 block days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Geza Benke |
How to recognise, evaluate and control hazards in workplaces arising from substances, sound, radiation and micro-organisms. Principles and practice of occupational hygiene including the use of simple instruments, ventilation, personal protective equipment and workplace substances laws. Hygienic standards and their various forms and notations. The difficulties of assessing prior exposures for medico-legal and epidemiological purposes
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Multiple choice tests (2 x 10% & 1 x 30%)
Web-based tasks (10%)
Workbook (5%)
Written assignment (Outline 5% & Essay 30%)
Hurdle: Full attendance at unit block days.
20 hours contact over 3 days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Belinda Gabbe |
This unit is designed to allow students to identify a research project in the field of population health or clinical research, confirm an appropriate supervisor, develop the research question and methodology, and commence the project, including obtaining ethics approval if relevant.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Confirmation of supervisor (Hurdle)
Project proposal including literature review (Hurdle)
Ethics approval (project dependent) (Hurdle)
Regular contact and consultation with supervisor either face to face or electronic.
6 hours per week for self-directed study and research related activities.
See also Unit timetable information
Distinction (70-79%) or High Distinction (80% or higher) in MPH5040 and Distinction (70-79%) or High Distinction (80% or higher) in MPH5041.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Belinda Gabbe |
This is the final unit of two units designed to allow students to complete the conduct and write-up of a research project in the field of population health or clinical research. In this unit, students will complete the research project described in the research proposal developed in MPH5231. Students will interrogate data using acceptable analytical processes, and write-up the research project in a format and style suitable for publication in an academic setting.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Completion and submission of project report (7,000 - 8,000 words) (100%)
Regular contact and consultation with supervisor either face to face or electronic.
6 hours per week for self-directed study and research related activities.
See also Unit timetable information
MPH5231, Distinction (70-79%) or High Distinction (80% or higher) in MPH5040 and Distinction (70-79%) or High Distinction (80% or higher) in MPH5041.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Alice Owen |
This unit will equip students with the skills for the design, implementation and analysis of randomised controlled clinical trials. It will enable student to formulate research question, select and recruit study subjects, compare groups, conduct randomisation, interpret findings, manage outcomes and consider issues of ethics, budget and quality assurance.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignments (80%)
Online assessment (20%)
15 contact hours over 2 days.
See also Unit timetable information
15 contact hours over 2 days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Alistair Nichol and Dr Helen Ackland |
Aimed at students with clinical experience, this unit presents an overview of clinical outcome measurement in research, with a focus on quantitative measurement. The areas covered include selecting, reducing and scaling items, questionnaire design, assessing reliability and validity, responsiveness of measures to clinically important change, quality of life measures and statistical concepts in the testing and reporting of clinical measurement tools.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Presentation and participation during block days (15%)
Participation in online discussions (35%)
Written assignment (50%)
15 contact hours over 2 days for block days, and 3-4 hours of reading and online work each week.
See also Unit timetable information
15 contact hours over 2 days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Rachelle Buchbinder |
Critical appraisal of literature reviews; problem formulation and protocol development; intra-rater agreement for assessment of relevance; validity assessments; data collection forms; variation between study findings, combining the findings of independent studies, inferences based upon overviews; statistics of meta analysis, Cochrane Collaboration.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Group presentation of a systematic review (70%)
Individual critical appraisal of a published literature review (20%)
Online participation (10%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rwth Stuckey |
The effects and human cost of occupational disease and injury, occupational health and safety law, worker's compensation, negligence, occupational rehabilitation, historical achievements and challenges, international and national organisations.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
a. Robens type legislation and other historical drivers;
b. contemporary developments - Harmonised OHS legislation;
c. OHS worker representation and other stakeholders;
d. worker's compensation;
e. other related legislation and regulation;
Web-based tasks (15%)
Assignments (45%)
Examination (40%)
Hurdle: Full attendance at unit block days.
3 block days.
Must be enrolled in a Postgraduate course.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tessa Keegel |
Psychosocial effects of work on individuals is explained from a preventive viewpoint. Mental illness & its effect on employment, alcohol and drug use, disability discrimination, equal employment opportunity legislation, workplace health promotion & shift work are examined.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Web-based tasks (25%)
Assignment: outline (5%)
Assignment: presentation (15%)
Essay (2,000 - 2,500 words) (35%)
2 x Short answer tests (10% each)
Hurdle: Full attendance at unit block days.
3 block days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Deborah Glass |
Prevention of human disease resulting from workplace exposures to chemical and biological hazards. Covering toxicological principles, health effects of the major groups of chemical substances, as well as biological hazards from blood and bodily secretions, water, food, animals and travelling abroad.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Multiple choice tests (10%)
Short answer tests (10%)
Web-based tests (including online discussion) (15%)
Written assignment: outline and bibliography (10%)
Essay (2,500 - 3,000 words) (35%)
Group presentation and write-up (20%)
Hurdle: Full attendance at block days.
27 contact over 4 days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rwth Stuckey |
Introduction to principles & practice of ergonomics. Occupational hygiene as applied to physical hazards: noise, radiation, thermal environments & pressure effects.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Web-based tasks (10%)
Written assignments (45%)
Examination (30%)
Multiple choice tests (15%)
Hurdle: Full attendance at unit block days.
3 block days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Term 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Reeve and Dr Chris Morgan |
This subject will provide an overview of the history, principles and practice of primary health care in developing countries, as well as the interaction between primary healthcare and current trends in global health and international development.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay (3,500-4,000 words) (70%)
Group presentation (10%)
Individual reflection on group work (1,000 words) (20%)
5 day intensive block.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Matthew Reeve and Dr Chris Morgan
Basic computer proficiency.
Students who complete the cross-institutional University of Melbourne subject POPH90137 'Primary Health Care in Jamkhed, India' cannot also claim academic credit from undertaking MPH5248 'Primary Health Care in Global Health', and vice versa.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Term 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ben Coghlan and Dr Tony Stewart |
Rapid appraisal of community health needs; public health surveillance; population surveys; survey sampling methods; measuring mortality; measurement of the burden of disease; program monitoring; quality assurance in primary healthcare; using health data for decision making; participatory evaluation of health programs; and applied health research.
This unit aims to develop students' competence in the basic quantitative and qualitative tools used to manage community-based primary health care programs, including needs assessments, planning and evaluation, health information collection, and operations research in a developing country setting.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
1. Develop competence in the basic qualitative tools used to manage community-based primary health care programs, including assessments, planning and evaluation, health information collection, and operations research in a developing country setting.
Written assignments: 1 x (40%)
1 x (60%)
5 day intensive block.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Ben Coghlan and Dr Tony Stewart
Students completing MPH5249 cannot undertake MPH5213.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Term 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Elissa Kennedy |
This unit provides an overview of women's and children's health in resource-limited settings. Using a life-cycle approach, this unit explores the major causes and underlying determinants of poor reproductive, maternal, newborn, child and adolescent health and examines global policy and key public health strategies to improve health outcomes.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay (3,500 - 4,000 words) (60%)
Abstract outlining essay topic (400 words) (5%)
Group presentation (15 minutes) (20%)
Policy brief (1,000 words) (15%)
6 day intensive block (weekdays only).
See also Unit timetable information
Basic computer proficiency.
Students who complete the University of Melbourne unit POPH90086 'International Child Health' cannot also claim academic credit from undertaking MPH5250 'Women's and children's health: a global perspective'.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Term 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Suman Majumdar and Mr Geoff Chan |
This unit aims to equip global health practitioners with a practical understanding of the impact of infectious diseases on global health equity. The unit will explore:
The unit will be taught by instructors with field experience and will draw on case studies and practical examples from resource-limited settings.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to identify the key infectious diseases of global public health importance and demonstrate an understanding of:
Problem-based learning group presentation (15%)
Policy brief on group topic (25%)
Concept note (500 words) (5%)
Written assignment: Infectious disease program design (3,500 words) (55%)
40 hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Suman Majumdar and Mr Geoff Chan
Basic computer proficiency.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Term 1 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mike Toole and Dr Ben Coghlan |
Public health consequences of complex humanitarian emergencies involving armed conflict, population displacement, food scarcity and an outline of the critical public health interventions in these settings.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Short answer examination (50%)
Written assignment (50%)
7 day intensive block.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Term 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mike Toole |
Food security & nutritional issues in developing countries, emphasising causal factors, field programs addressing famine & under nutrition.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Short answer examination (50%)
Written assignment (50%)
6 day block mode.
See also Unit timetable information
Basic computer proficiency.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Liz Bishop |
This unit examines the interrelationship between public health and human rights. It begins be providing a overview of the development, content and application of human rights. Human rights aspects of contemporary local and international health concerns are then considered.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
On campus students
Written assignments mid-semester (30%)
Written assignments end-semester (70%)
Off campus students
Written assignments (60%)
Contribution to online discussion forum (40%)
2 contact hours per week for on-campus students.
See also Unit timetable information
Weekly reading as required and contribution to online discussion forum.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Belinda Gabbe |
This unit will cover the principles of injury epidemiology, prevention and control. The unit will provide an introduction to the injury epidemiology and prevention field with a particular focus on issues facing injury surveillance, countermeasure development, injury policy and injury burden estimates.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Written assignments
Oral presentation
5 day intensive block.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Term 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Lisa Renkin |
The unit is designed to enhance participants' understanding of HIV, the impact of HIV epidemics throughout the developing world, and the evidence underpinning appropriate programmatic responses to HIV. The unit presents analysis of the risk and vulnerability of individuals and communities to HIV infection, explores the latest evidence and policy developments relevant to prevention, care/support and treatment approaches, and aims to expand participants' skills in developing appropriate evidence-based responses to HIV. Recent shifts in global policy are presented along with a number of case studies drawn from 'real-world' programs to facilitate students' learning
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Short-answer examination (40%)
Essay (4,000 words) (60%)
7 day intensive block.
See also Unit timetable information
Basic computer proficiency.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Brian Oldenburg and Dr Fahad Hanna |
This unit will examine policy and systemic approaches to disease prevention and health promotion at the level of individuals and populations in a global world. The major global causes of disease burden, their risk factors and more upstream influences will be examined with respect to policy and system-level approaches. Students will reflect on the complex interplay among evidence, policy and practice in relation to prevention. Case studies from both developed and resource poor countries will be considered. This unit is one of a group of policy units that also include MPH2069 and MPH2072.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Written assignments (70%)
Online participation (30%)
2 block days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Elizabeth Kennedy |
Review of legal management principles related to health care by examining common law principles and statutes. Examination of the Australian legal system, including the Coroner's court, with an emphasis on Victorian and Commonwealth cases and statutes. Focus on key areas of medical and health law such as negligence consent, privacy of health information, clinical research, abortion, euthanasia, mental health, infectious diseases, health complaints and law for health facilities such as hospitals.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Web-based tasks (50%)
Written assignments (50%)
15 contact hours over 2 block days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Just Stoelwinder |
Enrolment for this unit is quota restricted.
Reviews key management, organisation theory & its application to healthcare settings. The role of the manager, leadership skills, staffing issues including performance management, managing change, structuring organisations for patient care, developing strategy, and designing business plans.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Web-based tasks (50%)
Written assignments (50%)
15 contact hours over 2 block days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sue Evans |
Historical, political & social factors impacting on quality measurement in health care. Relationship of industrial & health care quality monitoring. Epidemiological & statistical quality measurement principles. Strength & limitations of current monitoring techniques & different sources of health care quality data. Principles of clinical indicator programs, adverse event monitoring, satisfaction surveys & benchmarking. Relationship between evidence based medicine, clinical practice guidelines & quality improvement. Design, implementation & evaluation of quality improvement programs in clinical settings. The content aligns well with other management units in the program such as MPH5266 and Biostatistics and Epidemiology. It is a core unit of the Graduate Diploma and Master of Health Services Management.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Web-based tasks (50%)
Written assignments (50%)
15 contact hours over 2 block days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kelly Makarounas-Kirchmann and Mr Robert Cornick |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.
An introduction to basic accounting principles for non-accountants. Financial issues confronting clinical managers including the understanding and interpretation of common accounting reports, budgeting and financial analysis. An introduction to basic economic theory relevant to clinicians and clinical managers, including funding health care services and economics evaluations that guide health care policy and decision making.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Part 1
Part 2
Web-based tasks (50%)
Written assignments (25%)
Multiple-choice examination (25%)
15 contact hours over 2 block days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Just Stoelwinder |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.
Delivery of health services is underpinned by a framework of health policies and other health system elements. Health professional leaders and managers, and those who aspire to these roles, need to know about these policies and about the process of policy making so that they can understand why a policy is what it is, and how to engage in the policy making process.
This unit involves a structured review of policy making processes, via WebCT based modules, readings and online tasks, supplemented by workshops with senior health policy practitioners. It considers key challenges and major issues confronting governments and health systems around the world, and how policy can help address these. The unit presents foundation concepts in health policy, which can be extended with further study of health care delivery policies (MPH5272) and/or global health and primary prevention policies (MPH5260).
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Web-based tasks (40%)
Written assignments (60%)
15 contact hours over 2 block days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Rory Wolfe |
Statistical methods for clinical trials data, including design considerations, sequential analysis, bioequivalence and analysis of repeated measures data. Methods for measuring agreement between raters or instruments including kappa statistics and intraclass correlation coefficients. Analysis of survival time data with Cox proportional hazards regression models. Methods for process control. Combination of lectures and data analysis sessions on laptop computers using Stata statistical software.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Three written assignments (40%, 30%, 30% each)
3 block days.
See also Unit timetable information
Credit grades in MPH5040 and MPH5041; familiarity with Stata statistical software; MPH5200 is recommended.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Ajay Mahal |
This unit will examine reform and development in health services from an international, national and local perspective. The focus of the unit will explore the implementation of health policy reform and the multitude of issues, drivers, demands, complexities and consequent impacts related to reform. Areas of concentration include international and national governing entities, the Australian health care system, developed and developing country health systems, roles of institutions (hospitals), an various applications of reform movements/models in care delivery.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Web-based tasks (50%)
Written assignments (50%)
15 contact hours over 2 block days.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Full year 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Full year 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Just Stoelwinder and Professor Flavia Cicuttini |
The unit is designed to consolidate the theoretical and practical skills acquired in the Master of Health Services Management or the Masters of Public Health by exploring in detail a complex problem within their workplace or within a health care setting. Alternatively, subject to the approval of the course coordinator, students may seek a limited placement in a health service to explore a particular issue for their case-study. This may include an overseas placement. The case-study is not intended to be original research. In some instances, this case study might be suitable for submission as the case-study for the Royal Australasian College of Medical Administrators (RACMA) Fellowship.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written report (100%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Neville Betts |
Concepts & practice of occupational health and safety management systems within work environments, including the conduct of an audit are examined. Includes accident/incident causation theories and models, investigative techniques, reporting & statistics, safety systems, fire prevention & control. Incident causation and accident types, including slips, trips and falls are also examined.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Web-based tasks (25%)
Assignment 1 (2,500 words) (25%)
Assignment 2 (2,500 words) (25%)
Block study participation (25%)
Hurdle: Full attendance at unit block days.
3 day block.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Chris Reid and Ms Louise Shiel |
This unit is aimed at research professionals who manage clinical trial data or researchers who wish to develop skills in this area. Students will be given guidance to enable them to develop standards of best practice, be able to assess new technologies to ensure data quality and efficient data processing. Students will be given guidance on accepted practices for clinical data management and for data capture system design and development. Practical skills will be developed through the completion of weekly data management tasks for a hypothetical study, with a database developed using Microsoft Access. Note: Students will require access to Microsoft Access to complete most weekly tasks.
On completion of this unit students will:
Participation and discussion questions, including both online and block days (10%)
Written assignments (60%)
Take-home examination (30%)
2 block days.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Trimester 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Lisa Davidson |
Overview of communications and training skills needed for community health work in developing countries. Training strategies for community health work including adult learning principles, theory and application, design and program establishment options, facilitation skills and Participatory methods. Communication strategies for health promotion. Communication skills for effective health management, report writing and cross-cultural communication. Practical approach to design and implementation of training programs and health promotion strategies.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment (75%)
Group presentation (25%)
6 day intensive block.
See also Unit timetable information
Basic computer proficiency.
MPH5216.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Liz Bishop |
This unit will provide students with the practical knowledge required to plan and undertake a clinical research project with close attention to the highest standards of ethics and Good Research Practice. Students will also gain detailed knowledge in planning, and organizing their knowledge using methods of clinical research in a written and oral format.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignments (60%)
Module A - Block day (10%)
Modules B-C - Online posting (30%)
8 hours over 1 day block.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Joseph Ibrahim and Dr Stuart Marshall |
This unit provides students with skills and knowledge in the new and exciting field of ''human factors'' and, in particular, how this relates to health and what opportunities exist for patient safety efforts.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to have:
Critical appraisal (2,000 words) (20%)
Reflective essay (2,000 words) (30%)
Online class participation (50%)
Off-campus students:
12 hours per week, broken down into (on average) 4 hours per week for reading core material, 4 hours per week completing exercises (manual, computer-based, or online), 2 hours per week for online communication via MUSO discussions, and 2 hours per week for assignment preparation.
See also Unit timetable information
15 hours over 2 block days.
Must be enrolled in a Postgraduate course.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Joseph Ibrahim |
This unit provides students with the skills and knowledge to apply tools, techniques, programs or strategies to improve the quality of care and patient safety.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to have:
Letter to the editor (500 words) (20%)
Reflective essay (2,000 words) (30%)
Online class participation (50%)
12 hours per week, broken down into (on average) 4 hours per week for reading core material, 4 hours per week completing exercises (manual, computer-based, or online), 2 hours per week for online communication via Moodle discussions, and 2 hours per week for assignment preparation.
See also Unit timetable information
15 hours over 2 block days.
Must be enrolled in a Postgraduate course.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Peter Higgs and Mr Chad Hughes |
This unit is designed as a contemporary analysis of drug use in modern societies and will enhance participants' knowledge about the risk and vulnerability of individuals and communities to licit and illicit drug use.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Formative feedback on small group work and reflective practice and presentation skills
Letter to editor or critique of a peer reviewed article (30%)
Abstract (400 words) (10%)
Written essay (3,600 words) (60%)
Dr Peter Higgs and Mr Chad Hughes
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Just Stoelwinder |
The aim of this unit is to provide health service managers and public health practitioners with a comprehensive understanding of the major components of national health systems and how health policy is created to adapt and reform these systems.
Over 6 weekly modules students will explore relevant policy theories, stakeholders and policy actors and processes that address major health policy challenges. Each module includes an overview of the relevant concepts and resources, guided readings and online, instructor moderated, discussions of applied issues with student peers.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Contribution to weekly online tasks (45%)
Not less than 2 written assignments totaling 3,000 words (55%)
Off-campus: 20 hours per week for 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in courses 4528 or 4529.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Baki Billah |
This unit introduces students to biostatistics as applied to public health and management studies. Biostatistics is the science of describing, summarising and analysing health-related data. It is essential to understand biostatistics in order to design, conduct and interpret health-related research. The basic principles and methods used in biostatistics are covered in this unit. This includes the technical qualifications necessary for analysing and interpreting data on a descriptive and bivariate level.
Topics include: classification of health data; summarizing data using simple statistical methods and graphical presentation; sampling distributions, quantifying uncertainty in results from a sample; statistical distributions; comparing two/more groups/methods using confidence intervals and hypothesis tests (p-values); assessing the association between an outcome and an exposure using the chi-squared test; risk comparisons (RR & OR); prediction of an event or identifying risk factors for an event of interest where the event is measured on a continuous scale or a binary scale (yes/no); sample size calculations.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Structured written report (1,000 words excludes tables and data analysis output) (15%)
Structured written report (1,500 words excludes tables and data analysis output) (25%)
Structured written report (2,400 words excludes tables and data analysis output) (40%)
MCQ online test (1 hour) (20%)
Off-campus: 20 hours per week for 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in courses 4528 or 4529.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Karin Leder |
This unit is an introduction to Infectious Disease Epidemiology. Topics include the dynamic nature of infections, the principles of infectious diseases, identification and management of outbreaks and principles of surveillance. The importance of understanding host, environmental, pathogen and transmission factors will be highlighted. Practical examples will be given to highlight major concepts. Online activities, suggested readings and discussion forums aim to enhance students' understanding of the teaching material.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Contribution to weekly web-based tasks / discussions (45%)
Assignment (2,400 words) and/or online presentation (40%)
Online quiz / exercise (15%)
Off-campus: 20 hours per week for 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4529.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 1 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Just Stoelwinder |
The aim of this unit is to provide health service managers and public health practitioners with the knowledge and skills to manage health care organisational units.
Over 6 weekly modules students will explore key management theories, leadership skills, managing health professionals, designing and coordinating health professional work processes, managing change and projects.
Each module includes an overview of the relevant concepts and resources, guided readings and online, instructor moderated, discussions of applied issues with student peers.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Responses to 6 weekly forum discussion topics (45%)
Written assignment (1,500 words) (25%)
Written assignment (2,000 words) (30%)
Off-campus: 20 hours per week for 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in courses 4528 or 4529.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 2 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Dianna Magliano and Professor Flavia Cicuttini |
This unit will provide students with an introduction to key concepts and applications in epidemiology. Key concepts of epidemiology will be delivered throughout the unit, including; rates, sources of data, descriptive and analytical epidemiology, epidemiological study designs, critical appraisal of literature, screening, prevention, exposure assessment, outbreak investigation, confounding and bias.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Responses to 4 weekly forum discussion topics (45%)
Quiz (Multiple choice questions) (30 minutes) (10%)
Written essay (2,700 words) (45%)
Off-campus: 20 hours per week for 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Associate Professor Dianna Magliano and Professor Flavia Cicuttini
Must be enrolled in courses 4528 or 4529.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 4 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Dragan Ilic |
This unit provides an introduction to quantitative and qualitative research methods used in public health and the evaluation of disease prevention and health promotion strategies. Levels of evaluation will be examined, with the range of qualitative and quantitative methods suitable for answering different evaluation questions explored. An emphasis will be placed on the evaluation challenges posed by the complexities of public health action and the contexts in which it is carried out, with case studies used to foster an understanding of these issues.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Responses to 6 weekly forum discussion topics (45%)
Written essay (3,000 words) (45%)
Quiz (Multiple choice) (30 minutes) (10%)
Off-campus: 20 hours per week for 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4529.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 5 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Bebe Loff and Mrs Elizabeth Kennedy |
Review of legal principles related to health care; including common law principles and statutes. The focus is on key areas of medical and health law such as negligence, consent, privacy of health information, clinical research, abortion, euthanasia, mental health, infectious diseases, health complaints, ethics and human rights and law for health systems.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Response to 6 weekly forum discussion topics (45%)
Written essay (1,500 words) (25%)
Written essay (2,000 words) (30%)
Off-campus: 20 hours per week for 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Associate Professor Bebe Loff and Mrs Elizabeth Kennedy
Must be enrolled in courses 4528 or 4529.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Ajay Mahal |
This unit aims to develop skills to describe and analyse health systems and assess health sector reforms (or health system reforms) in both developed and developing countries, including Australia. The unit introduces participants to alternative conceptual frameworks for describing and analysing health systems, and focuses in particular on one - "the control knobs framework" - which describes the key levers of a health system and how these levers work to influence outcomes of interest such as equity, cost, financial risk protection and quality of care. The control knobs framework is used to describe and analyse health system outcomes in developed and developing countries (including Australia); diagnose existing policy reform challenges; shed light on ongoing health policy debates; and assess a recent case of reform in the health sector.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Responses to 6 weekly forum discussion topics (40%)
Written essay (2,000 words) (30%)
Written essay (2,000 words) (30%)
Off-campus: 20 hours per week for 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in courses 4528 or 4529.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Malcolm Sim |
This unit will cover the impacts and human cost of occupational disease and injury, occupational health and safety law, frameworks for primary prevention, workers' compensation systems, occupational rehabilitation, case studies highlighting historical achievements and challenges, international and national occupational health and safety (OHS) organizations.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Responses to 6 weekly forum discussion topics (45%)
Quiz (Multiple choice) (30 minutes) (10%)
Written assignment (3,000 words) (45%)
Off-campus: 20 hours per week for 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4529.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 3 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ewan MacFarlane |
This unit will cover the environmental influences on health. The unit will examine the impact of physical, chemical and biological hazards in the environment. It will integrate that knowledge with the principles of assessment, management and control of environmental health risks. Theoretical models of risk communication will be developed, with learners applying this knowledge in developing evidence based interventions to control and prevent simple environmental risks.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Responses to 6 weekly forum discussion topics (30%)
Quiz/evaluation (1,500 words) (25%)
Written essay (2,700 words) (45%)
Off-campus: 20 hours per week for 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4529.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 4 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Joseph Ibrahim |
This unit will explore the historical, political and social factors impacting on quality measurement in health care. It will examine the relationship of industrial and health care quality monitoring, through use of epidemiological and statistical quality measurement principles. Strengths and limitations of current monitoring techniques and different sources of health care quality data will be examined. During the unit, the principles of clinical indicator programs, adverse event monitoring, satisfaction surveys and benchmarking will be utilised including the design, implementation and evaluation of quality improvement programs in clinical settings.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Responses to 6 weekly forum discussion topics (40%)
Written assignment (1,800 words) (30%)
Written assignment (1,800 words) (30%)
Off-campus: 20 hours per week for 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4528.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Joseph Ibrahim |
This unit provides students with the skills and knowledge to apply tools, techniques, programs or strategies to improve the quality of care and patient safety. Students completing this unit will be exposed to current best practice techniques aimed at developing and implementing system improvements to reduce the occurrence of adverse patient outcomes and continually improve the safety and quality of patient care. This unit will cover key approaches used to measuring, monitoring and managing health care for improving quality of care and patient safety. Within the unit students will have the opportunity to develop novel interventions, whilst also evaluating existing interventions aimed at maintaining and improving patient quality and safety.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Responses to 6 weekly forum discussion topics (40%)
Written assignment (1,800 words) (30%)
Reflective essay (1,800 words) (30%)
Off-campus: 20 hours per week for 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4528.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 6 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Helen Kelsall |
This unit will examine foundation aspects of public health with a focus on contemporary challenges. Students will apply this knowledge to critically appraise initiatives to address complex health issues from a public health perspective, and will be expected to engage with current public health issues and communicate their ideas clearly and effectively.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Quiz (10%)
Written essay (2,700 words) (45%)
Responses to 6 weekly forum discussion topics (45%)
Off-campus: 20 hours per week for 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4529.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robert Hall |
This unit provides an introduction to epidemiology and control of chronic diseases. Included in this unit is an overview of important chronic diseases currently impacting Australia, and strategies for their prevention and control. Measurement of disease and burden of disease; concept of risk factors and risk factors for important chronic diseases will be examined. Additionally, students will examine the effect of social and economic factors on the epidemiology of chronic diseases and the impact of chronic diseases on society and the economy. The impact of screening and health promotion as public health tools will be discussed, along with use of evidence in public health programmes to prevent chronic diseases.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Responses to 6 weekly forum discussions topics (450 words each) (45%)
Written essay (1,500 words) (25%)
Written essay (2,000 words) (30%)
Off-campus: 20 hours per week for 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4529.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dianna Magliano and Professor Flavia Cicuttini |
To be taken concurrently with MPH6041 together they are prerequisites for clinical epidemiology elective units. Contents: rates, sources of data, descriptive & analytical epidemiology, epidemiological study designs, critical appraisal of literature, screening, prevention, exposure assessment, outbreak investigation, confounding & bias.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignments (25%)
Examination (75%)
2 contact hours per week for on-campus students.
See also Unit timetable information
2 day compulsory on-campus block for off-campus students.
MPH6041, except for students enrolled in courses 3896 (Perioperative stream), 2312 or 0160.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Baki Billah |
This unit is taken concurrently with MPH6040. Together they are prerequisites for clinical epidemiology elective units. Contents includes: classification of health data; summarizing data using simple statistical methods and graphical presentation; sampling distributions, quantifying uncertainty in results from a sample; statistical distributions; comparing two/more groups/methods using hypothesis tests and confidence intervals; assessing the association between outcome and exposure using chi-squared test; risk comparisons; prediction of an event or identifying risk factors for an event of interest where the event is measured in continuous scale; prediction of an event or identifying risk factors for an event of interest where the event is measured on a binary scale (yes/no); sample size calculations.
Students are required to have access to a calculator equipped with elementary scientific functions (e.g. Casio FX-100) and a statistical package for data analysis e.g. SPSS, PRISM, STATA (help will be available with SPSS only. Note: Students don't have provision to borrow SPSS CD from Monash; they may have to lease/buy it from SPSS.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment 1 (15%)
Assignment 2 (25%)
Assignment 3 (40%)
2 x Online test (20 MCQ each test) (10% each test)
2 contact hours per week for on-campus students.
See also Unit timetable information
MPH6040, except for students enrolled in courses 3896 (Perioperative stream), or 2312.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sandra Radovini |
A developmental perspective on the evolution of human behaviour through the lifecycle. Developmental issues such as continuities and discontinuities between childhood and adulthood in health and psychopathology; the extent to which normality merges with pathology; facilitating and inhibiting factors influencing transitions between developmental phases; age-appropriate, accelerated and delayed development; the effect of individual differences on developmental processes; and the clinical applications of these principles to psychiatric conditions in childhood, adolescence and adulthood.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Oral presentation (50%)
Essay (2,000 words) (50%)
Hurdle: 75% attendance.
Approximately 3.5 hours of lectures per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor David Clarke |
This unit aims to explore the relationship between physical and psychological health and illness. The key components of this relationship will be explored from both a theoretical and clinical perspective. These concepts include how psychological factors affect physical health, how physical illness can lead to psychological disturbance and the nature of somatisation. Common medical conditions with psychological associations will also be reviewed.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written examination (1.5 hours) (100%)
Hurdle: 75% attendance.
Approximately 3.5 hours of lectures per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr T Chong |
This core unit will provide an introduction into the adolescence through to the adult phase of life, concepts of mental illness and the impact of one on the other. Topics will include adolescent psychiatry, parenthood and mental illness, mid-life and late life issues. Phenomenology will be covered in detail with several sessions devoted to disorders of thought and perception. The practice of adult psychiatry in special settings such as primary and community care, hospital in-patient and forensic institutions will also be examined.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:
Specific objectives of the unit are:
Examination paper (short answer) (100%)
Hurdle: 75% attendance.
Approximately 3.5 hours per week attending lectures.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor D Ames |
The unit is a continuation of Adult Psychiatry
On completion of this unit, students will be able:
Case presentation (50%)
Essay (2,000 words) (50%)
Hurdle: 75% attendance.
Attendance of approximately 3.5 hours per week at lectures/tutorials.
See also Unit timetable information
MPM5006 (MPM1202).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor David Kissane |
This unit will introduce foundational clinical skills such as psychiatric history taking, mental state examination, biopsychosocial formulation, risk and cognitive assessment, critical appraisal of research, legal and ethical issues, and basic sciences including the neurosciences and psychological sciences that underpin brain function. The unit will cover the epidemiology, aetiology, assessment, management and important issues of the major diagnostic disorders in psychiatry. The focus will integrate the clinical with neuroscience aspects of these disorders in adults, as disorders that affect children, the aged and the medically unwell are covered in other core subjects.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Five clinical interviews of patients at a satisfactory standard, as assessed by workplace supervisors, of 1.5 hours duration inclusive of feedback time (7.5 hours in total). This maps particularly to the formulation and patient assessment objectives of the College of Psychiatrists training program.
Assignment (2,000 words) (30%)
Written exam (3 hours) (60%)
Fieldwork - clinical interviews (10%)
Hurdle: 80% attendance.
24 hours per week - 8 hours of individual study, 12.5 hours during regular work hours and 3.5 hours on-campus lecture attendance.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor David Kissane |
This unit will introduce theoretical constructs underpinning psychological and biological treatments. These will be addressed using an integrative biopsychosocial approach. Psychodynamic therapy principles, cognitive-behavioural therapy, interpersonal, couple, group and family therapies, mindfulness-based and dialectical behavioural therapy will be covered. The unit will build on relevant psychiatric disorders not covered in Core Psychiatry I, but important to understand treatment principles, including anxiety, eating, somatoform and personality disorders. The focus will be on developmental aspects of these disorders and their treatment in adults, as disorders that affect children, the aged and the medically unwell are covered in other core units.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Five clinical interviews of patients at a satisfactory standard, as assessed by workplace supervisors, of 1.5 hours duration inclusive of feedback time (7.5 hours in total). This maps particularly to the formulation and patient assessment objectives of the College of Psychiatrists training program.
Assignment (2,000 words) (30%)
Written exam (3 hours) (60%)
Fieldwork - clinical interviews (10%)
Hurdle: 80% attendance.
24 hours per week - 8 hours of individual study, 12.5 hours during regular work hours and 3.5 hours on-campus lecture attendance.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor David Barton and Dr Scott Blair-West |
This unit is intended to give a brief introduction into the theoretical underpinnings of the main forms of Cognitive Behaviour Therapy (CBT) and provide a solid background in the practical applications of CBT in relation to common psychiatric disorders for which CBT is an appropriate treatment.
The introductory two seminars will cover the historical background of how CBT evolved, starting with the early work on classical and operant conditioning to the more sophisticated cognitive models and the integration of behavioural and cognitive approaches. The basic theories of personality and psychopathology as outlined in Rational Emotive Behaviour Therapy e.g. Albert Ellis, Behaviour Therapy e.g. Skinner, and Cognitive Therapy e.g. Beck will be discussed. General principles of CBT assessment and formulation will be covered.
Subsequent seminars will focus on the use of commonly used CBT techniques such as:
The seminars will be run in a workshop format to allow active involvement of students who will be expected to present and formulate cases according to CBT principles. These last four seminars will focus on applications of CBT in the management of four common psychiatric disorders - obsessive compulsive disorder, panic disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder and depression.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Clinical case presentation or role play exercise (40%)
Case study and management plan (1,500 words) (60%)
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance.
Workload is 3.5 hours attendance at seminars.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Carol Harvey and Associate Professor Sean Jespersen |
This selective will examine the theory and practice of the provision of mental health services to the population in primary care and community settings. Seminar 1 and 2 will address issues related to the primary care setting. The first seminar will address the scope of mental health issues and service delivery in primary care. The topics will include:
The 2nd seminar will focus on biological, psychological and social treatments for common psychiatric disorders in a primary care with particular emphasis on psychosocial treatment interventions. Illustrative examples will include the management of recurrent and relapsing depression and somatisation in general practice. Specific details about psychosocial treatment strategies relevant to primary care will be provided. Consideration will be given to the evidence base about the delivery of high quality mental health care in general practice.
The remaining seminars will focus on the mental health issues and service delivery in community settings. Seminar 3 will address the historical, socio-economic, cultural and political issues of relevance to the provision of community mental health care. Topics will include:
Seminar 4 will cover rehabilitation and recovery in serious mental illness. Topics will include: the importance of functioning and definitions of disability; the traditional rehabilitation approach and current functioning and definitions of disability; the traditional rehabilitation approach and current understandings of the recovery process; consumer and carer perspectives with respect to rehabilitation and recovery; rehabilitation outcomes such as employment and social relationships as well as subjective experiences such as self-esteem and quality of life. The final two seminars in community mental health will review selected psychosocial treatment strategies, with an emphasis on enhancing students' skills. Strategies will include: ways to optimise the treatment alliance; goal setting; relapse management and identification of early warning signs; CBT for delusions and hallucinations; working with 'chronicity'; and family intervention techniques for lowering expressed emotion and improving problem solving.
On completion of this unit, students will be able:
Presentation (40%)
Written review (1,500 words) (60%)
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance.
Workload is 3.5 hours per week attending seminars x 6 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Enrico Cementon |
This unit covers substance abuse definitions, classification systems, epidemiology, prevalence & risk factors, major substances of abuse i.e. alcohol, other central nervous system depressants, stimulants & hallucinogens. Features of substance abuse disorder (SAD), assessment, long term effects/complications, family issues, medical/ psychosocial management, the interface between substance abuse disorder & mental health - "Dual Diagnosis", (where serious mental illness & SAD occur in one person) are examined as is the impact of substance abuse in the community, prevention & health promotion, public education, the media, political, economic & social issues related to availability of substances.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Case history (1,500 words) (40%)
Presentation (30%)
Log book (30%)
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Sid Bloch |
Themes and topics will extend over a wide terrain but cover ethical aspects of the psychiatrist - patient relationship, diagnosis, confidentiality, treatment in psychiatry, resource allocation and justice, child and adolescent psychiatry, women's mental health, psychogeriatrics, forensic psychiatry. Moral theory and its applications will also be a central feature.
On completion of this unit, students will be able:
Essay (1,500 words) (100%)
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance.
Workload is 3.5 hours attendance at seminars.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Colin Reiss |
This unit covers family based approaches in mental health management and treatment. Understanding theory; development of practice skills and exploring practical applications of systems; and narrative based work with families are emphasized. Seminars cover development and application of family work in mental health systems, the central and fundamental issue of engagement of families in management and therapy, conceptual framework of the various family therapy approaches, post structural approaches, narrative therapy and solution focus.
On completion of this unit, students will be able:
Critical literature review (1,500 words) (60%)
Linked oral presentation (40%)
Hurdle requirement: 75% attendance.
Seminars and practice clinical sessions.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jenny Torr |
Historical, philosophical, ethical, humanitarian and legal issues in the lives and care of people with intellectual/developmental disabilities; epidemiology of intellectual/developmental disabilities; intellectual/developmental disability within the family life cycle, in society and across the lifespan are covered. Psychiatric disorder in intellectual/developmental disability is also examined in detail.
At the conclusion of this selective candidates will be able to:
Satisfactory participation in either face to face or online tutorials:
a) Participation in group discussion
b) Completion of learning activities
Written assignment (1,500 words)
Hurdle: 75% attendance.
The unit presented as a series of interactive seminars based upon learning modules.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor T Norman |
A revision of basic pharmacological principles of pharmacokinetics & pharmacodynamics covering the relevance of age, gender, ethnicity, common drug interactions, environmental influences, and route of administration. The unit covers major drug types commonly used in psychiatric practice including the underlying neurochemical basis for use in specific disorders and specified primary target syndromes & symptoms. Students are taught identification and measurement of psychotropic-induced common side effects, use of specific antidotes for common conditions, and use of instruments used to rate side effects. Prescribing patterns in Australia and prescribing guidelines/pitfalls are also discussed.
During this selective, students will:
Essay divided into 4 tasks that will be assessed during the term (1,500 words) (100%)
Hurdle: 75% attendance.
3 hour lecture weekly and 3 hours studying prepared course material.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor T Trauer |
Students will develop research skills in the area of study design, methodology and analysis.
Week 1. 'Foundations of statistical inference' will cover the techniques used to make statistical inferences, The nature of 'statistical significance' will be the focus. Threats to the validity of inference will be discussed.
Week 2. 'Qualitative research methods' will explore the methods for the analysis of narrative data and case studies. Verstehen and hermeneutics will be explained. Grounded theory will be introduced. Practical steps involved in the conduct of qualitative studies will be presented.
Week 3 'Epidemiological methods' will examine the methods for the assessment of the presence of disorders at the population level and the detection and measurement of risk factors. Prevalence and incidence will be defined. Methods of case ascertainment classification systems and diagnostic tools will be explored. Research designs and methods for the assessment of risk factors for disease will be surveyed. Sources of bias in epidemiological studies will be discussed.
Week 4. 'Intervention Trials' will focus on the design and analysis of studies that examine the efficacy of drug and psychotherapeutic treatments for psychiatric disorders. Topics will include randomised clinical trial (RCT), choice and definition of intervention and control groups, designs, administration and maintenance of intervention, choice of outcome measures and assessment procedures, dropouts and the intention to treat model.
Week 5. 'Meta-analysis' will be an introduction to the various methods for the combination of the outcome of individual studies. Topics to be covered include the discovery and selection of studies, the 'file draw' problem, effect sizes and statistical methods for analysis. Advanced hypothesis formulation and analysis of meta-analytic data will be introduced. Problems and limitations associated with this technique will be discussed. The Cochrane Collaboration will be presented.
Week 6 'Longitudinal methods' will examine the relative strengths and weaknesses of studies that compare the different classes of individuals at one time (cross-sectional studies) and studies that observe the same individual over time (longitudinal studies). Topics will include the design of longitudinal studies, statistical methods, the determination of causality, attrition and other problems.
Essay (2,000 words) (100%)
Hurdle: 75% attendance.
3 hours attending lectures and 3 hours studying prepared course materials per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Prem Chopra |
Transcultural psychiatry is concerned with the nature of mental illness, causes and distribution of mental illness in different populations, culture and clinical practice, including the clinician-patient relationship; and the design of mental health services in multicultural societies. The role of culture in the development and treatment of mental illness is examined, and an introduction to the education of mental health professionals and construction/operations of health systems are provided. Students will develop knowledge and skills in cultural assessment, cross-cultural diagnosis and treatment.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Oral presentation (40%)
Case report (1,500 words) (60%)
Hurdle: 75% attendance.
Workload is 3.5 hours per week seminars, 3 hours seminar preparation and reading.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr A Carroll |
The initial two sessions will focus on the nature and extent of the relationship between violent and offending behaviours and mental disorder. This will draw heavily on Australian research but will also make use of studies overseas which examine this interaction. Following this there will be two sessions on current thinking in the area of the assessment and management of the risk of violence in those with mental disorder. Further sessions will consider specific types of criminal behaviour which have a particular importance to those managing the mentally disordered. These will include stalking, sexual offending, making threats and homicide.
Each seminar in the selective will be designed to provide the knowledge necessary for general mental health professionals approaching issues of a forensic psychiatric nature.
Attendance (75%) (Hurdle)
Essay (1,500 words) (25%)
3 hours attendance of lectures per week, 3 hours study.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Mark Hedger |
Topics include physiology of human and animal; role of growth factors; statistics used to analyse data in reproductive endocrinology; hormones produced by the pituitary, hypothalamus, ovary and testis and their interactions, regulation and mode of action.
The objectives of this unit are to provide students with an understanding of the science of reproduction with particular emphasis on the molecular and cellular endocrinology of reproduction. Much research in the reproductive sciences requires an understanding of hormonal function and growth factors. This series of lectures thus provides students with the theoretical background for a more intensive study of various areas of reproductive sciences.
Exam (50%)
Practical reports (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Peter Temple-Smith |
Topics include physiology of human and animal reproduction; development and differentiation of the male and female reproductive systems; oocyte and follicular development; ovarian cycles; testicular function and cell/cell interactions in the testis.
The objective of this unit is to provide students with an understanding of the theory of reproduction with detailed study of female reproductive anatomy and physiology and the fertilisation process. This series of lectures provides students with the theoretical background for more intensive study of particular areas of the reproductive sciences.
Exam (50%)
Oral presentation (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sarah Jansen and Associate Professor Peter Temple-Smith |
Topics include implantation and placentation, the foetus, the mother, and the politics of pregnancy; neonates - foetal and neonatal monitoring and neonatal intensive care.
The objective of this unit is to provide students with an understanding of the theory of reproduction with detailed study of male reproductive anatomy and the human sexuality. This series of lectures provides students with the theoretical background for more intensive study of particular areas of the reproductive sciences.
Exam (50%)
Literature review (3,000 words) (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sarah Jansen and Associate Professor Peter Temple-Smith |
Topics include disorders of sexual development; sexually transmitted disease and the HIV pandemic; reproductive toxicology; reproductive cancers, menstrual disorders, infertility and erectile dysfunction.
The objective of this unit is to provide students with an understanding of the theory of reproduction with detailed study of infertility management, pregnancy, parturition, neonatal monitoring and reproductive toxicology. This series of lectures thus provides students with the theoretical background for more intensive study of particular areas of the reproductive sciences.
Exam (50%)
Literature review (5,000 words) (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sarah Meachem and Dr Kristy Brown |
Topics include current trends in population growth and the policies introduced in some countries to regulate this growth; fertilisation and its manipulation; regulation of fertility; legal and ethical aspects of controlling fertility and overcoming infertility.
On completion of this unit students should have an understanding of the theory of reproduction with detailed study of male reproductive anatomy and the human sexuality. This series of lectures thus provides students with the theoretical background for more intensive study of particular areas of the reproductive sciences.
Exam (100%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Anaesthesiology is the study of the medical specialisation concerned with the administration of drugs and other substances to achieve lack of sensation with or without loss of consciousness. This detailed field may include administering anaesthetics, principles and practices of anaesthesiology, regional analgesia, and remedial action to counter adverse reactions and complications. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Baker Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Baker Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Baker Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Baker Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Biochemistry and Cell Biology is the study of the chemistry of living organisms and the structure and function of cells. Examples include biosynthesis, cellular regulation, cytology, molecular biology, and metabolism. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Community Health is the study of health practices in the community which support and assist the management of disabilities and illness. This detailed field may include current issues in Australian community health, and disabilities and illnesses as community issues. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Environmental health is the study of the health impact of the interaction between humans and the environment. This detailed field may include the effect of environmental pollution on health. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Baker Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Baker Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Baker Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Baker Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Epidemiology is the study of the incidence, distribution and possible control of infectious and chronic diseases as they affect groups of people. This detailed field may include disease and injury evaluation and surveillance, and infectious and chronic diseases and their prevention. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Southbank Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Southbank Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Southbank Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Southbank Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Southbank Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Southbank Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Southbank Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Southbank Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Forensic Science is the study of the use of scientific techniques to solve criminal cases. This detailed field may include ballistics, blood splash pattern analysis, crime scene investigation, trace evidence, and fingerprint enhancement and identification. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Bendigo Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
General Practice is the study of providing primary and continuing medical care to patients in a community setting. It is particularly concerned with providing family and community oriented health care. This detailed field may include carrying out simple surgical procedures and dealing with medical emergencies, early diagnosing, prescribing and administering medication, and primary, personal and continuing medical care. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis examined by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Baker Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Baker Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Baker Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Baker Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Genetics is the study of heredity and of the units of biological inheritance. This detailed field may include cytogenetics, genotypes, higher eukaryotes, microbial genetics, molecular genetics, monohybrids, and phenotypes. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis examined by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Health Promotion is the study of promoting a healthy lifestyle and influencing behaviour to improve health. This detailed field may include contribution of lifestyle to morbidity and mortality, health program planning, and health promotion principles, goals and concepts. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis examined by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Human Biology is the study of human physiology and anatomy. This detailed field may include biological anthropology, human anatomy and histology, human evolution and variation, primatology, and human growth, development and reproduction. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Indigenous Health is the study of the health of the Indigenous population within the broader context of socio-economic development of aboriginal communities. This detailed field may include approaches to Indigenous health care delivery and management, Indigenous caring and healing practices, Indigenous child health, Indigenous community health, and Indigenous primary health care. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Phi Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Phi Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Phi Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Phi Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Medical Science is the study of physics, biology and chemistry as applied to medicine. This detailed field may include biomedical sciences, clinical and medical biochemistry, medical biotechnology, medical microbiology, medical physics, and biology and chemistry associated with medicine. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Baker Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
General medicine is the study of the clinical presentation and treatment of diseases. This detailed field may include clinical diagnosis, and diseases affecting humans. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Microbiology is the study of microscopic forms of life such as bacteria, viruses, and protozoa. This detailed field may include food microbiology, industrial microbiology, microbial cell structure and function, microbial physiology, microbial growth, microbial taxonomy, micro-organisms, and virology. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Berwick Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Berwick Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Hong Kong Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Macau Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Malaysia Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Hong Kong Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Macau Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Malaysia Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Hong Kong Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Macau Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Hong Kong Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Macau Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Malaysia Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Nursing is the study of the principles and practices of providing preventative, curative and rehabilitative care to individuals and groups. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Obstetrics and Gynaecology is the study of the medical specialisation concerned with the care of women during pregnancy, labour and after childbirth and the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the female reproductive system. This detailed field may include monitoring foetal development, and treating gynaecological and obstetric conditions. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Occupational Health and Safety is the study of recognising, evaluating and controlling environmental factors associated with the interaction of individuals and the workplace. This detailed field may include health and safety in the workplace, national occupational health and safety standards, and principles of establishing and maintaining safe premises. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Paediatrics is the medical specialisation concerned with normal physical and emotional growth and development from birth through to late adolescence. It involves preventing, diagnosing and treating diseases and uncommon disorders in children and adolescents. This detail field may include child growth and development, child and adolescent diseases, and neonatology. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peter-mac Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Wehi Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peter-mac Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Wehi Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peter-mac Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Wehi Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Murdoch Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peter-mac Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Wehi Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This detailed field includes all biological sciences not elsewhere classified, including immunology. Examples include biogeography, bioinformatics, biophysics, mycology, neuroscience, and parasitology. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Pharmacology is the study of the development, uses and effects of drugs. Examples include clinical drug trials, drug analysis, pharmacodynamics, pharmacokinetics, and toxicology. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Psychological Medicine and Psychiatry are the study of the medical specialisation concerned with diagnosing, preventing and treating diseases and disorders of the mind. This detailed field may include assessing patients' psychiatric states, child psychiatry, developmental psychiatry, and psychotherapy. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Box Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Psychology is the study of the science of human nature and of mental states and processes. It includes the study of human and animal behaviour. This detailed field may include abnormal psychology, behaviourism, clinical psychology, cognitive processes, developmental psychology, neuropsychology, personality theory and assessment, physiological psychology, and social psychology. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Radiography and medical imaging is the study of technologies which use ionising and non-ionising (e.g. ultrasound) radiation to diagnose, treat and follow the course of disease and its response to treatment. This detailed field may include interpreting and evaluating medical images, ultrasound and x-ray equipment, nuclear medicine, and preparing radioactive materials. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Surgery is the study of the medical specialisation concerned with the principles and practices for treating diseases, injuries, defects and deformities by manual operation and manipulation, and by using instruments and appliances. This detailed field may include monitoring post operative progress of patients, surgical diagnosis, and surgical procedures and techniques. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Moe Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Rural Health is the study of health care and services, and their impact on people in rural and remote communities. This detailed field may include rural health workforce issues, models of health services in rural and remote areas, rural medical health education and support, rural community development and capacity building, and rural health policy and program evaluation. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Public and health care administration is the study of planning and directing the functions and operations of organisations whose primary objective is the provision of services for the public good. This detailed field may include identifying and evaluating the role of public organisations and institutions in society, relating organisational and behavioural theory to public and private institutions/organisations, and analysing government policy and planning, and developing strategies for its implementation and administration. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Human reproductive biology is the study of reproductive biology and medicine as it applies to the human body. This detailed field may include physiology of human reproduction, fertilisation and its manipulation, embryology, regulation of fertility, infertility diagnosis and treatment, sexually transmitted diseases, pregnancy and parturition, assisted reproductive technologies, and reproductive toxicology. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Animal reproductive biology is the study of reproductive biology and medicine as it applies to animals. This detailed field may include physiology of animal reproduction, fertilisation and its manipulation, embryology, regulation of fertility, pregnancy and parturition, and reproductive toxicology. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Public health is the study of public health practice. This detailed field may include advanced epidemiology, statistical methods for public health, health leadership and management, and quantitative methods of population-based health sciences and their problem-solving application for primary care provision. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Moe Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Health services research is the study of the provision of health services and tools used to measure and assess these services. This detailed field may include health informatics, health technology assessment, clinical effectiveness, implementation research, systematic reviews, sociological perspectives on health, and gender and the clinical workforce. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Pathology is the study of the medical specialisation concerned with the causes and effects of diseases, including the structural and functional changes of body organs, tissues and fluids, and the systematic methods of detecting these changes. This detailed field may include examining specimens to determine the origin, nature and course of any disease present, histopathology, interpreting and evaluating pathology tests, and post-mortem examination. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Notting Hill Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Baker Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Box Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Burnet Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Burnet Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Monash Medical Centre Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Notting Hill Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Epidemiology is the study of the incidence, distribution and possible control of infectious and chronic diseases as they affect groups of people. This detailed field may include disease and injury evaluation and surveillance, and infectious and chronic diseases and their prevention. This high-cost unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Bendigo Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 1 2015 (Off-campus) Bendigo Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Bendigo Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 2 2015 (Off-campus) Bendigo Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Bendigo Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 3 2015 (Off-campus) Bendigo Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Bendigo Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Bendigo Research quarter 4 2015 (Off-campus) Bendigo Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Off-campus) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Social work is the study of social justice and redressing the social and economic disadvantage in the community. This detailed field may include community services, child abuse and protection, corrections and interventions, policy development, and casework with individuals, families, groups and communities. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Ambulance and paramedic studies investigate emergency medical services, pre-hospital medical care and paramedic education. This detailed field may include aeromedical retrieval, emergency preparedness and disaster medicine, and mobile intensive care ambulance paramedic studies.This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Physiotherapy is the study of therapeutic uses of physical means to relieve pain, regain range of movement, restore muscle strength and return patients to normal activities of daily living. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Peninsula Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Occupational Therapy is the study of treating physical, cognitive and psychiatric conditions through activities in order to optimise functioning and independence in daily life. Examples include patient's independence level assessment; tailoring treatment programmes; occupational rehabilitation; and occupational role development. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Malaysia Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Malaysia Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Malaysia Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Malaysia Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Malaysia Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Medicine and health sciences is the study of medical and health-related fields, conducted on the Malaysia Campus. This unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day) Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Radiography and medical imaging is the study of technologies which use ionising and non-ionising (e.g. ultrasound) radiation to diagnose, treat and follow the course of disease and its response to treatment. This detailed field may include interpreting and evaluating medical images, ultrasound and x-ray equipment, nuclear medicine, and preparing radioactive materials. This high-cost unit is 100% research with a view to producing a thesis.
Thesis assessed by two external examiners.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Malaysia Full year 2015 (Day) Malaysia Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Malaysia Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Md. Ezharul Hoque Chowdhury |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Malaysia Full year 2015 (Day) Malaysia Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Malaysia Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Md. Ezharul Hoque Chowdhury |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Malaysia Full year 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Md. Ezharul Hoque Chowdhury |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Malaysia Full year 2015 (Day) Malaysia Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Malaysia Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Md. Ezharul Hoque Chowdhury |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Melita Speirs |
This unit builds upon NUR5111 Contemporary Nursing Practice 1. It is a clinically-focussed unit that introduces students to acute medical-surgical nursing practice. Students will explore pathophysiology, clinical diagnosis, pharmacology, associated microbiology and nursing care associated with a range of conditions. The clinical practice component will provide students with opportunities to incorporate theoretical learning into care provision.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Clinical placement: 240 hours.
Preparation and consolidation activities (20%)
Drug calculation exam (1 hour) (10%) (Hurdle)
Completion of clinical practice assessments (20%) (Hurdle)
End of semester exam (2 hours) (50%)
Laboratory attendance (Hurdle) (100% attendance, unless a medical certificate is provided)
8 hours a week: online and face-to-face learning activities 6 hours, laboratories 2 hours/week over a 14 week semester. In addition, students will be required to undertake 240 hours of clinical placement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michael Olasoji |
This unit builds upon NUR5002 Contemporary Nursing Practice 2. It is a clinically-based unit that introduces students to the areas of mental health and aged care nursing as well as preparing them for graduate nursing roles. The unit will provide opportunities for students to develop fundamental knowledge, skills and attitudes relevant to the restoration and maintenance of optimal mental health and recovery from mental illness. Students are expected to learn to assess mental health problems and to identify the coping abilities of individuals and families, and to care for people with selected mental disorders. Emphasis is placed upon empowerment of the individual and caregiver using the stress/vulnerability model and family based management. The unit also encompasses risk assessment, mental health service systems, roles and functions of the multidisciplinary mental health team, and the Victorian Mental Health Act.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Clinical placement: 200 hours.
Mid semester exam (1 hour) (20%)
Written assignment (Clinical case study) (3,000 - 4,000 words) (30%)
End of semester exam (2 hours) (50%)
Clinical practice assessment (Pass / Fail)
Hurdle requirements: Students must pass the end of semester examination to achieve a pass for this unit. Students must achieve a pass in the clinical placement to pass the unit (100%). Attendance at clinical is mandatory.
8 hours a week: lectures 6 hours, tutorials 2 hours over eight weeks. In addition, students will be required to undertake 200 hours of clinical placement.
Note: Students who complete this unit in the summer semester will be on campus for 5.5 weeks intensive.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Jennifer Newton |
This unit provides final preparation of the student for practice as a registered nurse. Adult learning principles are applied to encourage the student to identify specific learning needs and pursue opportunities to achieve tailored educational objectives. The approach to clinical learning featured in this unit enables students to explore an area of specific interest in nursing. A five week clinical consolidation placement is also included in this unit that will assist students in preparation for professional practice. The increasing importance of professional portfolios for the purpose of maintaining and demonstrating competency will be emphasized in this unit. A focus on principles of clinical leadership, therapeutic and professional communication, multidisciplinary team work, and clinical decision making will enable consolidation and application of prior learning in this course facilitating the transition from student to professional nurse.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Clinical placement: 200 hours.
Learning contract (20%)
Clinical portfolio (30%)
Conference presentation and supporting documentation (2,500 words) (30%)
Reflective essay (1,500 words) (20%)
Clinical placement assessment (Pass / Fail)
Students must achieve a pass in the clinical placement to pass the unit (100%) Attendance at clinical placement is mandatory.
8 hours a week: 4 hours lectures, 4 hours tutorials over 8 weeks. In addition, students will be required to undertake 200 hours of clinical placement.
Please note: Students who undertake this unit in the summer semester will be on campus for 5.5 weeks intensive mode.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Charanjit Singh |
In this unit students will study cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) and its techniques used in interaction and counselling of clients with psychological and or mental health disorders. The unit will include analysis of the theoretical underpinnings and major concepts of CBT and its techniques in clinical application. Students will develop a greater self awareness through the development of their own unique approaches to psychotherapeutic interaction using CBT with their clients, within their own clinical and cultural environment.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online discussion (40%)
Written assignment (30%)
Case study (30%)
Four one day workshops (Hurdle)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Gulzar Malik |
This unit is the first of three units that examines nursing practice from a socio-political framework. In providing an understanding of fundamental concepts of nursing as a discipline, this unit introduces students to the disparate locations of nursing practice globally and allows for in-depth exploration of health care settings in the Australian health care milieu. Students will study health care through a social model of health and will situate nursing care within this model. A history of nursing and the various opportunities and barriers that have influenced the development of nursing as a profession will be explored and debated. The Australian legal system as its relationship to the health care environment will be examined and students will be required to explore the complex legal relationships that nurses have with patients, families and other health care professionals. In addition, professional and ethical codes will be introduced, explored and posited as a basis for professional nursing practice.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay (3,500 - 4,000 words) (40%)
Simulation learning (10%)
Exam (3 hours) (40%)
Online activity (Discussion) (10%)
7 hours a week: lectures 4 hours, tutorials 1 hour, online learning activities 2 hours over a 14 week semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Louisa Lam |
This unit has a strong focus on the theory and practice underpinning working with organizations, individuals, families, groups and communities. Through discursive lectures, tutorials and interactive online sessions, students will be able to examine the skills in communication for the purpose of enhancing therapeutic relationships across the lifespan and ultimately ensuring quality health care are developed through studies in this unit. The concepts of caring and helping in nursing within a therapeutic relationship, are explored. Students engage in in-depth analysis of the various human growth and development theories. These theoretical concepts provide a foundation for students to explore aspects of the social model of health, with a particular emphasis on the provision of health care to vulnerable populations and nursing in a culturally diverse community. Within this context the concepts of cultural competence and cultural safety are explored. The development of therapeutic engagement with vulnerable groups using these concepts will be central to the learning milieu of this unit.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay (4,000 words) (45%)
Group presentation (20 mins) with written synopsis (2,000 words) (35%)
Active learning tasks (2,000 words) (20%)
6 hours a week: lectures 2 hours, tutorials 2 hours + 2 hours of online learning activities over a 14 week semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Cheryle Moss |
This unit examines foundations of knowledge for nursing and education for clinical practice. Knowledge generation through research, and the application and dissemination of that knowledge, are central themes of this unit. The development of a research culture as the cornerstone of professional nursing is emphasized. Research processes from various traditions are examined and their specific relevance to nursing in diverse practice settings is explored. The significance of evidence-based nursing in the context of the contemporary health care environment is highlighted. As a key feature of this unit, knowledge transfer and translation is examined in primary, acute and rehabilitative settings. Strategies for peer teaching and health promotion through teaching are developed through exploration of theoretical concepts and practical application in the classroom setting.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online research quizzes x 2 (10%)
Literature review integrating critical appraisal of evidence (3,500 words) (30%)
Teaching plan & essay (2,000 words) (20%)
Teaching session (group presentation) (15%)
Exam (25%)
10 hours a week: lectures 6 hours, tutorials 4 hours over 8 weeks. Please note: Students who undertake this unit in the summer semester will be on campus for 5.5 weeks intensive mode.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Peninsula Full year 2015 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Gippsland Full year 2015 (Day) Gippsland Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2015 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Susan Irvine |
This unit is the first of four practice units in the graduate entry Master of Nursing Practice. The unit provides students with foundation knowledge and skills for nursing practice with an emphasis on physical health assessment. Knowledge and nursing practice skills are introduced around case scenarios. Each case will use an individualised client centred approach. Content to be covered within each scenario will include physiology, introductory pharmacology, application of the legal and ethical dimensions of care and nursing skills development. Clinical practice experience is an integral component of this unit and concentrates on the attainment of fundamental client care.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Clinical placement: 160 hours.
Weekly participation in preparation and consolidation activities (20%)
Written assignment - Clinical case study (3,000 - 4,000 words) (30%)
End of semester exam (2 hours) (50%)
Clinical practice assessment (Pass / Fail)
Students must achieve a pass in the clinical placement to pass the unit (100%)
Attendance at clinical placement is mandatory
Calculations hurdle (100% mastery)
Laboratory attendance (Hurdle) (100% attendance, unless a medical certificate is provided)
8 hours a week: lectures 5 hours, tutorials 1 hour, laboratories 2 hours over a 14 week semester. In addition, students will be required to undertake 160 hours of clinical placement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit is offered concurrently with NUR5113 Nursing in the Australian Context for registered nurses with International nursing qualifications. A focus on principles of clinical leadership, therapeutic and professional communication, multidisciplinary team work, and clinical decision making will facilitate transition to the Australian nursing context. The unit is learner cantered engaging the student in critical reflection, appraisal and application of evidence for practice in relationship to the role of the nurse in a variety of clinical nursing settings.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
6 weeks clinical practicum.
Portfolio (8,000 words) (60%)
Essay (2,500 words) (40%)
6 week clinical practicum (Pass / Fail)
Six weeks clinical practicum: 240 hours, Self-directed learning: 72 hours.
Total: 312 hours.
See also Unit timetable information
TBA
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit is offered concurrently with NUR5112 Nursing Practice in the Australian Health Care Context for registered nurses with International nursing qualifications. This unit is learner cantered engaging the student in critical reflection, appraisal and application of evidence for practice. The Australian legal system and its applications to the health care environment will be examined in detail. Students will be required to explore the complex legal relationships that nurses have with patients, families and other health care professionals. In addition, professional and ethical codes will be introduced, explored and posited as a basis for professional nursing practice.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Summative online quiz (30 minutes) (10%)
Essay (3,000 words) (30%)
Exam (3 hours) (60%)
One week on-campus seminar (Pass / Fail)
On-campus (5 day seminar): 35 hours, Online learning modules (40 hours per five modules): 200 hours, Self-directed learning: 77 hours.
Total: 312 hours.
See also Unit timetable information
TBA
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Gippsland Full year 2015 (Day) Gippsland Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2015 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Gippsland Full year 2015 (Day) Gippsland Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2015 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Bob Ribbons |
Relationships between computers, information technologies and the provision of nursing care. Contemporary issues in nursing informatics. Skills in the use of information technologies in health care settings enabling participants to act as a conduits, facilitating and enhancing communication between and among clinicians, technicians, information systems personnel, health care executives and systems vendors. Issues of privacy, ethics, confidentiality and network security.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Seminar presentation (30%)
Issues paper (40%)
Tutorial participation (30%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Susan Lee |
The unit prepares student for the role of a specialist in palliative care. Topics of content include the philosophical and developmental trends of the hospice and palliative care movement, interdisciplinary team roles and the family, cultural and spiritual aspects of death and dying. Medical, nursing and complementary therapies utilised in the care of patients with terminal illnesses are discussed. Assessment and symptom management strategies in mental status, pain control and other common physical symptoms are explored. Activities in the unit include fieldwork, literature review, and computer conferencing for the study of current research in symptom management and palliative care.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Fieldwork involves a regional community palliative care service investigation and written report.
Written assignment (40%)
Fieldwork report (20%)
Literature review (30%)
Contribution to computer conferencing activities (10%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Meredith McIntyre |
This unit examines contemporary issues impacting on education for health care practitioners, within a context of continuous change. Students explore a range of theoretical underpinnings that impact upon the educational process in health care practice with emphasis placed on educational theorists. Students will apply theoretical learning to teaching practice through participation in practicum; or through their role as a teacher within their own clinical practices. This will include both classroom (small and large group) and clinical teaching experiences in a variety of settings. It will equip students with the knowledge and mastery of skills necessary to critique, understand and respond to the learning preferences and needs of those whose education they have responsibility for. It will prepare students with the skills and knowledge to critically evaluate and assess the outcomes of an educational intervention. It will offer students a theoretical underpinning for current modelling of professionalism, clinical competence and lifelong learning.
This unit is a compulsory core unit for the Master of Family Medicine (MFM) a core unit in the Education Stream for the Master of Nursing (MN) and an elective unit in the Master of Clinical Midwifery (MCM).
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment (critique) (2,500 words) (30%)
Practicum & practicum reflective report (60 minutes) (1,000 words) (20%)
Portfolio (4,000 words) (50%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Robyn Fairhall |
This unit is directed at extending student's knowledge of pharmacology and explores principles covering medication management within advanced nursing practice. The first module seeks to extend students knowledge of fundamental pharmacological principles of medication management which can be adopted and utilized in the advanced practice setting. Students will use the foundational knowledge of pharmokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and therapeutics, in order to critically analyse how medications affect physiological, biochemical and pathophysiological processes. With a greater appreciation of the action of drugs on body processes, students will be able to determine which medications should be administered to particular patients in order to ensure therapeutic effects are optimized and adverse effects are minimized. Students will articulate the key pharmacological characteristics of drug classes, as well as derive an understanding of specific features of individual drugs.
The second module extends students' knowledge of social, political and ethical principles of medication management, and allows the student to explore how these principles are applied in the advanced practice setting. The concepts of pain management, adverse drug reactions and medication use across the lifespan will be considered. Students will individualise the use of the clinical decision making process as the framework for gathering and organizing medication information, planning, prescribing, administering, documenting and evaluation to suit their own practice needs. Students will extend their knowledge of the learning and teaching strategies for patient education and the government policies that are relevant to nurse prescribing. Commonwealth and State laws affecting the control of medication will also be applied to the advanced practice setting. Students will address the socio-cultural and ethical issues that affect the relationship between the nurse practitioner and patient, and will examine the style and required particulars for written prescriptions. Equipped with this knowledge, students will be expected to critically review the application of clinical pharmacology to their specific area of advanced practice.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Mid-semester on-line examination (10%)
Participation in online discussions (5%)
End of semester written examination (55%) (must pass exam to achieve a pass in the unit)
Portfolio activities (30%)
3 hour tutorial per week (optional).
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in courses 1250, 3565 or 4513, cross-institutional or single subject enrolment.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Flexible) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Meredith McIntyre |
Health professionals are employed in a wide variety of workplaces where they are often required to deliver education programs to a wide range of professional and client groups. In many of these workplaces, there is an expectation that health professionals will be able to develop education and training programs that are responsive to local needs. The aim of this unit is to assist the learner to develop skills in the area of education program development. This flexible unit will allow the learner to work through the process of program development. To achieve this the learner will identify a workplace learning need to be addressed, then develop goals and objectives and formulate an education program to address the identified need.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Education needs assessment (40%)
Essay (30%)
Portfolio of program (30%)
24 hours per week, comprising guided readings, online and other activities and/or tutorials, including self directed learning. (Total 312 hours).
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Virginia Plummer |
This unit introduces nurses to the role they play in emergency preparedness and disaster management in local and international settings. Areas of focus include the role in planning, partnerships, disaster response, and delivery of services.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment (40%)
Presentation (30%)
Online discussion (30%)
24 hours per week including contact time (2 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial/small group classes or team activities), site visits and/or fieldwork, and self-directed learning (reading, worksheets, assignments, database and web-based research, analysis of published articles and case studies, informal study groups and reflective activities); averaged over the 13 week semester - a total of 312 hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Charanjit Singh |
In this unit students will study a variety of psychological interventions and counselling. This will include analysis of the theoretical underpinnings and major concepts of each approach. The students will develop a greater self awareness. Students will be assisted in the development of their own unique approaches to psychological intervention with their clients.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Computer conferences (40%)
Written assignment (60%)
Clinical assessment (Hurdle) (Pass / Fail)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Karen Harder |
The nature of mental illness; the nursing process in mental health nursing; roles and functions of mental health nurses; context of care; mental health problems and disorders; therapeutic interventions in mental health care; ethical and legal issues; specialisation in mental health nursing.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment (3,500 words) (40%)
Reflective postings (2 x 10% each) (20%)
Examination (3 hours) (40%)
Clinical skills assessment (Hurdle)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Beverley Copnell |
The paediatric nurse requires a diverse knowledge and skill base to assess and manage patients in a variety of settings. The unit enables the student to develop proficiency in the holistic management of sick children, beyond the beginning specialist level, and prepares students for leadership roles in their practice area.
On completion of this unit students will be expected to be able to:
Take home examination (30%)
Written assignment 1 (3,000 words) (30%)
Written assignment 2 (5,000 words) (40%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr John Thompson |
This unit extends students' clinical assessment, diagnostic and pharmacologic knowledge and skills to enable them to plan and implement evidence-informed interventions. It includes prescribing of medications and referral to other health professionals. Use of technology in students' specific area of practice is emphasised. The unit promotes a holistic model of care that includes recognition of and respect for cultural identity and lifestyle choices. It also provides an examination of contemporary issues that impact on Nurse Practitioner practice and inform the scope of the NP role in specific practice areas.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students must be employed for at least 2 days per week in an appropriate clinical environment cognisant with course objectives and have support to undertake extended clinical practice.
Clinical portfolio (including Semester 4 Summative Assessment) (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)
Online discussion (20%)
Evidence based case study (3,000 words) (30%)
Written assignment (3,000 words) (30%)
Clinical decision making case study - oral presentation (20%)
Residential school 2 - 3 days during the semester, 25 hours per week online activities and self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in course 4513.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr John Thompson |
This unit integrates knowledge and skills acquired throughout the course to prepare students for transition to practice as a Nurse Practitioner. The unit promotes capability in the management of stable, unpredictable and complex patient conditions that is evidence-informed and carried out within a holistic model of care. Students will expand their knowledge of the use of technology in Nurse Practitioner practice, including information technology and information management. The unit focuses on the high level communication and leadership skills required in NP practice, with emphasis on national and global influences on the NP role.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students are required to be employed for at least 2 days per week in an appropriate clinical environment cognisant with course objectives and have support to undertake extended clinical practice.
Clinical portfolio (Hurdle)
Objective structured clinical assessment (Oral) (3,000 words) (Hurdle)
Written assignment (4,000 - 5,000 words) (50%)
Presentation (2,000 words) (30%)
Reflective essay (1,500 words) (20%)
Residential school 1 week, 22 hrs per week online activities and self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in course 4513.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ian Munro |
This unit focuses on key concepts such as models of mental health service delivery, consumer and carer participation and perspectives, and professional issues in mental health nursing. It provides an in-depth analysis of each major component of an integrated mental health service and also covers special populations and transcultural mental health issues.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment (3,000 words) (40%)
Written assignment (3,000 words) (40%)
Online exercises (20%)
Clinical skills assessment (Hurdle)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Sue Aberdeen |
The aim of this unit is to prepare nurses to critique and improve their own, and their team's, support and care for older persons. It will equip the student to promote healthy ageing and to lead their team in responding to the needs of aged persons in whatever adult care context the nurse may choose to work. The impact of historical and current socio-political factors that influence the way in which we age and how we provide care will be analysed. The body of gerontic and geriatric knowledge will be studied in order to provide an evidence-based foundation for person-centred assessments, care provision and evaluations of care outcomes for older persons with multiple comorbidities.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Exam (40%)
2 x Written assignments (30% each)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Susan Lee |
This unit is designed to prepare students to practice at an advanced level within a broad range of clinical practice environments. This unit is offered in recognition that an experienced graduate registered nurse will be able to take a leadership role in promoting improvements to clinical, educational and administrative areas of nursing practice. This is a largely, self-directed unit that enables the student to identify learning needs and to meet those needs in a creative and imaginative way. The unit lends itself to the application of theory and research to specific interventions encompassed in the spectrum of models of care that support nursing practice. It enables the student to apply topics presented separately in the previous course units and to integrate previous knowledge and skills to support problem identification, specialty knowledge and skill development in areas such as but not confined to, decision-making and problem solving, in the context of advanced practice.
The overall objectives for this unit are broad because each student is expected to negotiate and set their own goals in consultation with their lecturer. In general, it is expected that on completion of this unit students will have gained clinical practice experience in:
Project proposal (25%)
Progress report (25%)
Final project report (50%)
Postgraduate specialty study or foundation unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Beverley Copnell |
This unit explores concepts intrinsic to the growing child and family within a framework of family centred care. The specific focus is on perspectives of physical, cognitive and social growth and development of the child set within the context of the evolving family unit. Family life, role relationships, parenting and other family issues are examined in relation to their influence on the development and health of the child and family members. Aspects of health crisis and the impact that this has on the growing child and family are considered.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Formative:
At least 3 contributions to the Moodle discussion site during the semester (Hurdle)
Submission of plan for written assignment 1 (Hurdle)
Summative:
Written assignment 1 (4,000 words) (40%)
Written assignment 2 (4,000 words) (40%)
Reflective essay (2,000 words) (20%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr John Thompson |
This unit will enable students to develop the assessment and diagnostic knowledge and skills required for practice as a Nurse Practitioner. The content focuses on the acquisition and synthesis of information from a variety of sources, including patients' histories, physical examination and diagnostic tests, to differentiate between normal and abnormal findings and identify differential diagnoses. Factors which impact on health assessment will be explored. Skill development will be supported through the provision of adequate and appropriate clinical practice in the context of the workplace setting and students will be expected to work closely with their clinical mentors to achieve this.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students must be employed in an advanced practice role and supported in extended clinical practice activities.
Written assignment (3,000 words) (30%)
Clinical health assessment x 2 (each equivalent to 2,000 words) (30%)
Written examination (2 hours) (40%)
Residential school 6 days during semester, 22 hrs per week online activities and self-directed learning.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4513. Master of Nursing students may enrol upon course coordinator approval.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Flexible) Peninsula First semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Md. Nadim Rahman |
The student will develop proficiency in health through the development of skills related to: assessment interviewing; physical appraisal; assessment data analysis; incorporating changes in health assessment related to the age of the client and cultural and ethnic variations; comprehensive, periodic and focused health assessments. All students are required to have clinical support for the duration of the course.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Multiple choice, EMQ and short answer examination (2 hours) (60%)
Health Assessment Clinical Examination; Complex Health Assessment (3,000 words) (Pass / Fail)
Case study (2,000 words) (40%)
Students must achieve a pass grade on both the multiple choice / short answer examination and the Health Assessment Clinical Examination to achieve a pass in the unit.
12 hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Attendance at residential schools held oncampus.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Flexible) Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Md. Nadim Rahman |
The student will develop proficiency in health through the development of skills related to: assessment interviewing; physical appraisal; assessment data analysis; incorporating changes in health assessment related to the age of the client and cultural and ethnic variations; comprehensive, periodic and focused health assessments. This unit will enable the student to develop competency in neurology, GIT, paediatric, haematology, immunology and musculoskeletal system knowledge and physical assessment. All students are required to have clinical support for the duration of course.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students must be working a minimum of 3 days/week in a clinical environment.
Multiple choice, EMQ and short answer examination (2 hours) (60%)
Health Assessment Clinical Examination; Complex Health Assessment (Pass / Fail)
Case study (40%)
Students must achieve a pass grade on both the multiple choice/short answer examination and the Health Assessment Clinical Examination to achieve a pass in the unit.
12 hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Suzanne Willey |
This unit has been developed in partnership with The Victorian Foundation for Survivors of Torture and the State Wide Refugee Nurse Facilitator and sponsored by the Victorian Government. The unit will assist nurses to work with refugees within a social model of health to identify gaps in health services and advocate for refugees in the context of their community through an analysis of the socio-political aspects of the refugee context and an indepth understanding of the effects of torture and trauma on the health and health care of refugees. The unit includes skill development in refugee health assessment and responding to issues of health literacy, organization and community capacity building and evaluation in refugee health and wellbeing.
This unit will provide opportunities for students to:
Essay (3,000 - 4,000 words) (30%)
Case study presentation (this will be an online presentation for offcampus students and a face to face discussion for oncampus students during the second workshop) (30 minutes) (20%)
Fieldwork project (3,000 - 4,000 words) (50%)
2 x full day workshops and 6 hours per week online activities.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Suzanne Willey |
This unit identifies the World Health Organisations role in advocating and supporting the global health agenda of health for all. Primary health care as a philosophy and a model of health service provision are described. Health education and promotion as strategies for achieving health for all are examined. Nurses, midwives and doctors are encouraged to develop health education and health promotion skills that can be utilised in our contexts of practice to promote population wellbeing.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment (70%)
Seminar presentation or alternative written work (30%)
Must be enrolled in courses 0099, 1250, M6001.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Simon Edgecombe |
The critical care nurse requires a diverse knowledge and skill base to appropriately and effectively assess and manage patients in the critical care environment. This unit focuses on enabling the student to develop proficiency in the management of critically ill patients with respiratory, cardiac and renal conditions and shock. Mechanical ventilation and advanced haemodynamic monitoring will be evaluated. The student will develop theoretical and clinical proficiency in the therapeutic interventions essential to care for these patients within the critical care environment, as well as their family and significant others.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students must be working a minimum of 3 days/week in a critical care unit.
Written assignment (40%)
Examination (60%) (Hurdle)
Clinical hurdles (Pass / Fail)
Clinical Performance Appraisal (Pass / Fail)
Students must achieve a pass in the final examination, Clinical Performance Appraisal and Clinical Hurdles to achieve a pass in the unit.
12 hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Nursing, Nursing and midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Simon Edgecombe |
The advanced critical care nurse requires a diverse knowledge and skill base to appropriately and effectively assess manage and evaluate patient care in the critical care environment. This advanced critical care unit focuses on enabling the student to develop proficiency in the management of critically ill patients with neurological, endocrine and hepatic illness, surgical and interventional procedures, trauma and special population groups. Advanced mechanical ventilation and advanced cardiac care will be also evaluated. The student will develop skills to provide an advanced level of care to critical care patients and their significant others and family members across age, socio-cultural and economic groups.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students must be working a minimum of 3 days/week in a critical care unit.
Written assignment (40%)
Exam (Hurdle) (60%)
Clinical hurdles (Pass / Fail)
Clinical performance appraisal (Pass / Fail)
Students must achieve a pass in the final examination, Clinical performance appraisal and Clinical hurdles to achieve a pass in the unit.
12 hours per week including self-directed learning.
See also Unit timetable information
Nursing, Nursing and midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kelli Innes |
The emergency nurse requires a diverse knowledge and skill base to appropriately and effectively assess and manage patients in the emergency department. This unit will enable the student to develop proficiency in the emergency management of respiratory, cardiac, renal and mental health emergencies, and shock. The principles of ventilation will be examined. The unit also encompasses the development of skills which will enable the student to provide support for patient's families and significant others in the emergency department.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students must be working in an emergency department a minimum of 3 days/week.
Clinical performance appraisal (Pass / Fail)
Examination (60%) (Hurdle)
Assignment (40%)
Clinical hurdles (Pass / Fail)
Students must achieve a pass in the final examination, Clinical performance appraisal and Clinical hurdles to achieve a pass in the unit.
12 hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Julia Morphet |
The emergency nurse requires a diverse knowledge and skill base to appropriately and effectively assess and manage patients in the emergency department. This advanced emergency nursing unit will enable the student to develop proficiency in the emergency management of abdominal, neurological and obstetric emergencies, trauma and burns. The unit will prepare the student to provide an advanced level of care to emergency patients across age groups, and from all socio/ cultural and economic groups.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students must be working in an emergency department a minimum of 3 days/week.
Clinical performance appraisal (Pass / Fail)
Examination (60%) (Hurdle)
Assignment (40%)
Clinical hurdles (Pass / Fail)
Students must achieve a pass in the final examination, Clinical performance appraisal and Clinical hurdles to achieve a pass in the unit.
12 hours per week including self-directed learning.
See also Unit timetable information
Nursing, Nursing and midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marie-Claire Seeley |
The advance practice general nurse requires a diverse knowledge and skill base to appropriately and effectively assess and manage clients/patients in a hospital environment. This unit will enable students to develop proficiency in the holistic management of patients with cardiac, respiratory and renal dysfunction, and shock. The unit also encompasses the development of skills which will enable the student to provide support for patients' families and significant others in the hospital environment.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students must be employed in an approved medical or surgical unit for a minimum of 3 days per week.
Clinical assessment tool (Pass / Fail)
Examination (40%) (Hurdle)
Case presentation - complex patient discharge management (3,000 words) (30%)
Written assignment (3,000 words) (30%)
Students must achieve a pass in the final examination and Clinical assessment to achieve a pass in the unit.
12 hours per week including self-directed learning.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marie-Claire Seeley |
The advance practice general nurse requires a diverse knowledge and skill base to appropriately and effectively assess and manage clients/patients in a hospital environment. This unit will enable students to develop proficiency in the holistic management of patients with gastrointestinal, neurological, endocrine and musculoskeletal dysfunction, and trauma. The unit will prepare the student to provide an advanced level of care to medical and surgical patients across age groups, and from all socio-cultural and economic groups.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Students must be employed in an approved medical or surgical unit for a minimum of 3 days per week
Clinical assessment (Pass / Fail)
Examination (40%) (Hurdle)
Written assignment (3,000 words) (30%)
Case presentation on complex patient safety issue/clinical risk (3,000 words) (30%)
Students must achieve a pass in the final examination and Clinical Assessment to achieve a pass in the unit.
12 hours per week including self-directed learning.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Amanda Anderson |
This unit introduces students to the profession of dietetics, commencing their pathway to becoming experts in food (knowledge and application) and culturally competent, self-aware healthcare professionals. This unit is tailored for the non cognate path for Masters of Dietetics (96CP) under the course architecture project. Students coming through the cognate path will receive credit for this subject and be eligible to proceed into the 72 CP Masters program.
The unit initially focuses on health behaviours, assessment of nutritional status, growth and development, physical activity and nutritional requirements for groups across the lifespan from infancy to old age. The unit will incorporate elements of professional development, cultural competency about food and eating patterns, and content around the Australian food supply system including food regulation and law.
Concepts of health education and promotion will enhance students' knowledge and ability to communicate nutrition messages effectively to groups and individuals as well as teamwork and reflection. Students will be introduced to reflective practice, commencing a professional portfolio and will be engaged via adult learning teaching and learning principles as they begin to develop their professional identity.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
1. Professional portfolio (50%)
Dietary intake assignment (1,500 words)
Older adult interview and reflection (1,000 words)
Food culture report and reflection (1,500 words)
Nutritional assessment task (1,000 words)
Food law task (1,000 words)
2. Group education assignment (20%)
Education plan (Formative)
Group oral presentation (40 minutes)
Peer review
3. Final exam (30%) (Hurdle)
On Campus: This unit will run over one semester with an average of 24 hours per week allocated to both contact and private study with the majority of time dedicated to contact hours. For example:
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Evelyn Volders |
This unit uses chronic disease as the foundations and basis for dietetic students to develop their core dietetic practice assessment, counselling and management skills. There is an emphasis on person centred care and simulation provides a key platform for learning in this unit. A formative Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) sits within this unit to assist students' readiness for placement. Students are introduced to the healthcare system and a range of health care settings via an introductory clinical placement. This aims to commence the application of the nutrition care process, the use of food as a therapeutic tool, clinical reasoning, reflection and advanced communication and interpersonal skills required for dietetic practice. Attendance at this placement is compulsory. This unit supports students' progression towards entry level competencies in individual case management in the healthcare setting. Placement may take place outside of regular semester times. Students must have valid police check, WWC check and immunisation certificates in order to participate in clinical placements
The key themes explored in this unit are Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice, Theme 3: Fundamentals of Health and Disease, Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 2: Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Placement: 10 days.
Exam (3 hours) (30%) (Hurdle)
OSCE (25%) (Hurdle with guided reflection)
Self-developed clinical resource (2,000 words) (15%)
2 x Case reports (750 words each) (20%)
Reflections: critical incident (1,000 words) (10%)
Placement including professional behaviour appraisal form (Pass / Fail) (Ungraded)
Hurdle: At least 80% attendance at all learning and teaching sessions.
3 days (x 6 hours per day ) over 10 weeks - a combination of lectures, workshops, practical activities and simulated learning experiences. Students will also be expected to undertake self-directed study related to the unit content and complete assessment tasks as defined.
See also Unit timetable information
NUT5002. Must be enrolled in course M6002.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Claire Palermo |
This unit is predominantly a fieldwork experience that will challenge students to integrate their academic training and to synthesise knowledge into a practical public health nutrition project based in the community setting. The unit requires students to manage a project that addresses a public health nutrition issue. Students will participate in program planning within a work environment and provide tangible benefit to their participating organisation. Students will be responsible for designing a project, collection and analysis of data and synthesis of findings into a report. Principles of information evaluation, workload management, communication, teamwork and responsibility for project management will also be developed.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
30-38 hours per week for 7 weeks plus an additional 2 days site/project orientation.
Project proposal (Group) (4,000 words) (20%)
Project report (Group) (6,000 - 10,000 words) (40%)
Project oral presentation (Group) (10 minutes) (10%)
Standardised oral exam (15 minutes) (30%) (Hurdle)
Peer learning and review (Ungraded) (Hurdle)
300 hours practical placement 7 weeks equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course M6002.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Evelyn Volders |
This unit uses a range of clinical conditions and diseases as the foundation and basis for dietetic students to further develop their core dietetic practice skills and develop skills in dietetic education and case management in the academic setting in preparation for placement. There is an emphasis and focus on person centred care and using simulation and case based learning to provide a key platform for learning in this unit. Preparing students for individual case management and clinical placement is a key focus of this unit. Broader issues regarding healthcare systems and healthcare provision, management, ethics in healthcare and quality improvement are covered in this unit. Students' professional competencies are further developed and this unit supports fulfilment of prescribed competencies as outlined by the Dietitians Association of Australia.
The key themes explored in this unit are; Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 3: Fundamentals of Health and Disease, coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
MCQ/EMQ Mid semester exam (1 hour) and final exam (3 hours) (50%)
Case based workbook (Individual) (6,000 words) (30%)
Evidence based education resource (2 x double sided A4 equivalents) (10%)
Self-developed placement handbook (10%)
Professional behaviour appraisal form (Ungraded) (Hurdle)
This unit will run predominantly over Weeks 1-8 of semester with an average of 24 hours per week allocated including contact and private study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course M6002.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Evelyn Volders |
This unit is focussed on extending students' food composition, food therapeutic and food systems knowledge to support dietetic practice with integration and application in the practical and placement setting. There is extension of students' research and problem solving skills in managing placement based food service challenges. Students' personal and professional competencies are further developed. This unit supports fulfilment of prescribed competencies as outlined by the Dietitians Association of Australia. The teaching and learning strategies will encompass lectures, group teaching, tutorials, practical sessions, self-directed learning and a placement based project. Placement may take place outside of regular semester times. Students must have valid police check, WWC check and immunisation certificates in order to participate in clinical placements
The key themes explored in this unit are Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems and Theme 3: Fundamentals of Health and Disease, coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 2: Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students will be allocated placement sites to conduct a food service project for 20 days. This placement will be arranged by the University however students will be responsible for travel and accommodation costs if required.
Project report (Group) (3,000 words) (30%)
Oral presentation (Group) (20 minutes) (10%)
Food therapeutic manual (2,000 words) (20%)
Oral presentation (15 minutes) (10%)
Menu analysis executive report (2,000 words) (20%)
Placement portfolio including guided reflection (1,500 words) (10%)
Professional behaviour appraisal form (Ungraded) (Hurdle)
Competency assessment (Ungraded) (Pass / Fail)
There is an average of 12 hours per week allocated including contact and private study hours during the theory component. The placement is 20 days at 8 hours per day, thus averaged over a semester contributes an additional 12 hours per week. There is no exam for this unit. The placement in a food service setting may need to be outside of regular university semester times.
See also Unit timetable information
NUT5003. Must be enrolled in course M6002.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Evelyn Volders |
This unit is predominantly a placement based unit to support students' progression and fulfilment of entry level competencies in individual case management in a healthcare setting. Placement may take place outside of regular semester times. Students must have a valid police check, WWC check and immunisation certificates in order to participate in clinical placements
The key themes explored in this unit are Theme 3: Fundamentals of Health and Disease, Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems as students' progress and integrate their dietetic practice skills and competencies working in the healthcare environment. There is partial integration of content and application from Theme 2: Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Each student will be allocated to a healthcare site of a placement partner of Monash University and the Department of Nutrition and Dietetics for a total of 36 placement days. University staff are involved in final placement assessment and signing off of entry level competency for the profession for the relevant units.
Placement portfolio (Pass / Fail)
Case study (Pass / Fail)
Evidence of interprofessional learning (Ungraded)
Critical incident reflection and action plan (Ungraded)
Attendance (Ungraded) (Hurdle)
Professional behaviour appraisal form (Ungraded) (Hurdle)
Students will spend the majority of time for this unit allocated to a healthcare setting (8 Weeks of either 4 or 5 days per week - a total of 36 days). Students will also be expected to attend tutorials and presentations in the academic setting (scheduled around placement commitments) with the remaining time allocated for private study. Students are expected to attend placement for the equivalent of full time hours during their scheduled placement weeks. It is also expected that students undertake private study outside of placement hours. Placements may extend into non standard university semester time.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course M6002.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Evelyn Volders |
This unit fosters student's problem solving skills. It aims to extend students' research and dietetics knowledge and skills across a range of practice contexts to solve strategic and priority dietetics practice problems and scenarios in preparation to enter the workforce. This unit prepares students to enter the profession through consolidating professional practice skills and integrating learning across typical work contexts of practice of a dietitian.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Scientific paper (Individual) (Quantitative research project: 4, 000 words) (Qualitative research project: 5,000 words) (40%) (Hurdle)
Peer review (1,000 words) (10%)
Small grant proposal (2,000 words) (20%)
Teamwork assignment: Oral presentation (20 minutes) (5%) and report (2,500 words) (25%)
Attendance and participation (At least 85%) (Hurdle)
Professional behaviour appraisal form (Ungraded) (Hurdle)
Final competencies sign off (Hurdle)
This 12 credit point unit requires an equivalent of 24 hours per week of study including contact and private study hours. This unit will be front loaded at the beginning of the semester and towards the end of semester Week 10-12 with an intensive teaching block). The remaining time during semester is allocated for self directed learning and private study to progress learning in the unit during the clinical placement. A significant amount of learning is self directed and autonomous in this unit.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course M6002.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Term 3 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Louise Farnworth |
This unit introduces students to the profession of occupational therapy and key knowledge, skills and attitudes that are essential for professional practice. Theoretical foundations of occupational therapy will include: theoretical concepts and models underpinning health and occupational therapy practice; principles and mechanisms underlying the relationship between the person, their environment and occupations, and how this relates to human health and wellbeing, and the occupational therapist within the interdisciplinary team. Legal, cultural and ethical issues relevant to professional practice will be explored. Students will learn beginning communication and interviewing skills together with other pre-clinical skills, such as safe practice. Students will develop beginning skills in occupational therapy problem solving and clinical reasoning processes. Case scenarios will be used throughout. Students will undertake simulated and practice based learning throughout the semester 2 days per week.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Fieldwork placement: 2 days per week.
2 x class presentations (10 minutes each) (5%)
Fieldwork reflective journal (1,000 words) (5%)
Comparison of two models (2,000 words) (20%)
Peer reviewer of comparison of two models (500 words) (5%)
Written examination (2 hours) (30%)
Triple jump (1.5 hours) (25%)
Completion of a disability experience
i) Record of barriers and
ii) Reflective journal summary (1,000 words using template provided) (10%)
Hurdle:
Attendance at least 80% of the scenario-based tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars.
Successful completion of simulated and other practice sessions including (i) timesheet and (ii) reflective journal including values exchange exercises.
10 hours on-campus per week, 2 days fieldwork per week, and 6 hours online lecture material.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4515.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Term 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Louise Farnworth |
This unit focuses on the relationship between occupation health and well-being that supports occupational therapy practice from a lifespan perspective, and will explore experiences of engaging in occupation from psychological and occupational processes inherent in development. It will examine the progressive cognitive, behavioural, emotional, psychosocial and occupational changes occurring with age and when people's occupations are disrupted through disability, illness or occupational deprivation. Students will engage in experiential activities, self-reflection and interactive teaching and experiential learning and teaching to develop skills in occupational analysis, critical appraisal of literature and research, teamwork, client centered practice and culturally sensitive intentional communication. Case scenarios will be used throughout and students will undertake practice- based learning throughout the semester.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Fieldwork placement: up to 14 hours per week.
In class presentations (3 x 10 minutes) (5%)
Essay on the relationship between development, and functioning at specific life stages (1,500 words) (15%)
Report from observation of a child (1,000 words) (10%)
Report on a data set that examines the relationship between age and psychosocial functioning and wellbeing (1,500 words) (15%)
Written examination (2 hours) (30%)
Triple Jump Part 1 (written exam) and Part 2 (oral exam) (1.5 hours) (20%)
Oral peer examiner (10 minutes) (5%)
Hurdle:
Attendance at least 100% of the scenario-based tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars including class data collection exercises, unless a medical certificate is provided.
Self evaluation and reflective group participation in scenario-based tutorials including class data collection exercise.
Successful completion of fieldwork including attendance at fieldwork briefing; submission of (i) a completed and signed Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R) (ii) signed timesheet and (iii) Student Review of Placement form; and (iv) reflective journal. Students who fail the fieldwork component of the unit will be required to repeat the unit. A maximum of one repeat placement will be provided.
9 weeks of academic/fieldwork (accelerated program). PBL tutorials (5 hours per week on campus), lectures (4-6 hours per week on-line), practicals (4-6 hours per week on campus), fieldwork placement weeks 1-9 (up to 14 hours per week).
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4515.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Term 1 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Louise Farnworth |
This unit introduces the mechanisms and consequences of problems related to mental, sensory, cardiovascular, respiratory, neurological and biomechanical capacities that underpin occupational engagement and occupational performance. Students integrate this knowledge into OT and related theories/models of practice. They develop clinical questions, and acquire knowledge and skills from the process of describing and evaluating occupational performance, and critiquing assessment tools for evaluating occupational engagement/performance. Students will explore different practice contexts in which participation in occupation takes place. Case scenarios will be used throughout and students will undertake practice-based learning for 2 days per week throughout the term (135 hours).
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Fieldwork (Placement weeks 1-9) - up to 12 hours per week. Fieldwork will require students to travel to fieldwork locations. These may be near or away from the campus.
Review of 2 clinical assessment tools (1,500 words) (10%)
Exam (1.5 hours) (10%)
Exam (2 hours) (25%)
Clinical workbook (3,000 words) (20%)
Case-based occupational analysis (1,000 words) (10%)
Written/oral exam (1.5 hours) (15%)
Practice skill test (10 minutes) (5%)
Presentation of two case scenarios for peer and tutor feedback (10 minutes each) (5%)
Hurdle requirement:
Successful completion of fieldwork including attendance at fieldwork briefing; submission of (i) a completed and signed Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R) (ii) signed timesheet and (iii) Student Review of Placement form; and (iv) reflective journal
One 1,000 word reflective journal
Two self evaluations of group participation
Attendance at 100% of scenario based tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars, unless a medical certificate is provided.
This unit will run for 9 weeks of academic/fieldwork followed by one week Swot Vac, one week of exams and one week vacation. As this is an accelerated program, the workload demands are more than would be expected of an undergraduate 12 CP unit as it is run over 9 rather than 12 weeks.
PBL Tutorials - 4 hours per week (on campus)
Lectures - 4 hours per week (online)
Practicals - 4 hours per week (on campus)
Fieldwork (Placement weeks 1-9) - up to 12 hours per week
Private study - 12 hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Term 2 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Louise Farnworth |
In this unit students will begin to describe, apply and critique the principles of assessment and intervention for clients with problems related to capacities to engage in activities, occupations, and participation in community life. Case-based scenarios will relate to people across the lifespan. Intervention principles will also incorporate environmental supports and barriers (advocacy, organisational change, environmental adaptation), and evidence-based practice. This unit also provides knowledge and skills necessary to understand different research methodologies, critique and evaluate the usefulness and quality of research evidence that supports evidence-based practice. Students will be guided through the process of how to ask clinically relevant questions, search for evidence, and critically appraise published research. Students will undertake practice-based learning for 2 days per week throughout the term (135 hours). The focus of fieldwork is on the development of core occupational therapy skills and students are required to demonstrate skills in data gathering, intervention/program planning, implementation and evaluation, recording and reporting and practice these skills in a sensitive, ethical and professional manner.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Fieldwork (Placement weeks 1-9) - up to 12 hours per week. Fieldwork will require students to travel to fieldwork locations. These may be near or away from the campus.
Critically evaluate splint (1,000 words) (10%)
Home modifications and SWEP application (1,000 words) (10%)
Office/workplace assessment (1,500 words) (10%)
Short answer examination (2 x 1 hour) (15%)
Written exam (1 hour) and oral exam (30 minutes) including discussant of two peers (25%)
Critically appraised paper: quantitative or qualitative research (1,200 words) (10%)
Written exam (multiple choice and short answer; 1.5 hours) (20%)
Hurdle requirement:
Successful completion of fieldwork including attendance at fieldwork briefing; submission of (i) a completed and signed Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R) (ii) signed timesheet and (iii) Student Review of Placement form; and (iv) reflective journal.
Attendance at 100% of scenario based tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars, unless a medical certificate is provided.
Completion of weekly online quizzes.
This unit will run for 9 weeks of academic/fieldwork followed by one week Swot Vac, one week of exams and one week vacation. As this is an accelerated program, the workload demands are more than would be expected of an undergraduate 12 CP unit as it is run over 9 rather than 12 weeks.
PBL Tutorials - 4 hours per week (on campus)
Lectures - 4 hours per week (online)
Practicals - 4 hours per week (on campus)
Fieldwork (Placement weeks 1-9) - up to 12 hours per week
Private study - 12 hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Term 3 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Louise Farnworth |
In this second intervention unit, student will further describe, apply and critique the principles of assessment and intervention for individual and groups of clients who are restricted in their ability to engage in activities, occupations, and participate in community life. Intervention principles will also incorporate environmental supports and barriers (advocacy, organisational change, environmental adaptation) and evidence-based practice. The common characteristics of primary care will form the framework including issues of expanded access, multi-professional service teams, optimal service coordination, and a focus on patient empowerment and the application of technology to health promotion. Prevention and health promotion systems relevant to primary care will be examined, and the evidence and theoretical base for preventive (behavioural) counselling, brief interventions, health education practice, methods of tailoring strategies to client needs, motivational interviewing techniques, motivating change and preventing relapse will be explored. Approaches to adopting health promotion strategies and building capacity for health promotion in others will be explored.
This unit also gives students an advanced overview of the skills necessary to critique and evaluate research evidence. Students will be introduced to methodologies related to evaluating and conducting mixed-method survey-based research using questionnaires. This will provide the foundation to integrate clinically relevant evidence into daily professional practice as well as skills to be able assist with quality assurance activities using survey methodology. A fieldwork block of 3 weeks full time will conclude the term (112 hours).
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Fieldwork - 3 week placement (112 hours). Fieldwork will require students to travel to fieldwork locations. These may be near or away from the campus.
Oral presentation (20 minutes) (5%)
Case study report and group presentation (2,000 words/20 minutes) (15%)
Analysis essay and program plan (2,500 words) (15%)
Written examination (2 hours) (20%)
Written (1 hour) and oral examination (30 minutes) including discussant of two peers in oral examinations (20%)
Survey development OR focus group interview report (2,000 words) (15%)
MCQ & short answer exam (1 hour) (10%)
Attendance at 80% of tutorials, skills classes and fieldwork placement (Hurdle)
Successful completion of fieldwork including attendance at fieldwork briefing; submission of (i) a completed and signed student placement evaluation form - revised (SPEF-R) (ii) signed timesheet and (iii) student review of placement form; and (iv) reflective journal. (Hurdle)
This unit will run for 9 weeks of academic/fieldwork followed by one week Swot Vac, one week of exams, 3 weeks of fieldwork and one week vacation. As this is an accelerated program, the workload demands are more than would be expected of an undergraduate 12 CP unit as it is run over 9 rather than 12 weeks.
PBL Tutorials - 4 hours per week (on campus)
Lectures - 4 hours per week (online)
Practicals - 4 hours per week (on campus)
Fieldwork - Placement 3 weeks full time (112 hours)
Private study - 12 hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Term 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Louise Farnworth |
In this unit, students begin to shift their view beyond the occupational challenges facing individuals, to consider the ways in which the occupations, health and well-being of groups, communities, and populations' may be impacted on by social, political and organisational factors. Students apply advanced clinical reasoning and intervention skills in case based scenarios applied to groups of people and communities who are experiencing complex health and social problems rather than individuals. The cases chosen highlight the multiple approaches to occupational intervention, both individual/clinical and community/prevention.
Additionally, students, individually or in pairs, will work in collaboration with a sponsoring agency to address a specific need while completing their participatory practice fieldwork placement for 2 days per week (135 hours). Students will be allocated a project identified by the agency. Students will then be guided by academic staff through the process of making initial contact with their agency and the first phase of project management, which involves collaborating with agency members to "scope" an organisationally useful, and occupationally relevant project or program. Students will be required to liaise with a variety of stakeholders and to develop a project proposal that meets the needs and aims of the agency. Students will develop skills in project design and management and work within a community partnership model to address a community/population health based occupational issue for the collaborating agency.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Fieldwork (Placement weeks 1-9) - up to 12 hours per week. Fieldwork will require students to travel to fieldwork locations. These may be near or away from the campus.
Oral and written exam (2 hours) including peer assessment (30%)
Population health assignment (3,000 words) (15%)
Contemporary practice presentation (15 minutes) (5%)
Presentation (20 minutes) (5%)
Written preliminary project proposal (1,000 words) (5%)
Oral presentation of situation profile findings and preliminary action plan (30 minutes) (10%)
Project Action Plan Proposal (2,500 words minimum) (30%)
Hurdle:
Project progress update reports.
Successful completion of fieldwork including submission of (i) a completed and signed Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R) (ii) signed timesheet and (iii) Student Review of Placement form; and (iv) reflective journal and 2 summary reports.
Attendance at 100% of tutorials, supervisory meetings and fieldwork placement hours unless a medical certificate is provided.
This unit will run for 9 weeks of academic/fieldwork followed by one week Swot Vac, one week of exams and one week vacation. As this is an accelerated program, the workload demands are more than would be expected of an undergraduate 12 CP unit as it is run over 9 rather than 12 weeks.
PBL Tutorials - 4 hours per week (on campus)
Lectures - 4 hours per week (online)
Practicals - 4 hours per week (on campus)
Fieldwork (Placement weeks 1-9) - up to 12 hours per week
Private study - 12 hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Rebekah Beard |
This unit will take a problem solving/ clinical reasoning approach to the management of upper limb injuries encompassing the acute and recovery phases as well as chronic conditions. It will build on existing knowledge of human structure and function and introduce concepts of tissue injury and repair to enable students to identify appropriate therapeutic strategies, depending on the person's stage in recovery from injury. Students should be able to identify the anatomical structures of the upper limb, and describe their specific functions. These will include bones, articular surfaces, joints, muscles, and nerves. Students will have the opportunity to develop skills in the fabrication of thermoplastic splints appropriate to complex clinical scenarios including tendon repair, arthritis, peripheral nerve trauma/repair, tenosynovitis, and fractures. Students will also attend an acute hand therapy clinic on 2 occasions to observe a client's recovery post surgery.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
80% Attendance requirement
Attendance at an acute hand therapy clinic
Presentation at a seminar (20 minutes), submission and critique of all splints made, as well as one 1,000 word and one 2,000 word essay
Students must gain at least 50% of available summative assessment task marks and complete all formative assessment in order to pass the unit.
On Campus: 40 hours lecture/practicums in block mode + 4 hours clinic
attendance + 16 hours attendance at seminar where students present their project outcomes. 60 hours of private study (including pre-reading for class times, research into and preparation of seminar presentation, preparation of assignments). Students will be required to attend two sessions at a private hand therapy clinic as well.
See also Unit timetable information
Completion of an undergraduate degree or equivalent in occupational therapy or physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Rachael McDonald |
Assistive technology promotes greater independence for people with disabilities by enabling them to perform tasks that they otherwise would have great difficulty or not be able to accomplish. This unit will involve problem solving and clinical reasoning to help the students to develop into competent assistive technology professionals and providers. The course will consist of information relating to social and political aspects of people with disability and technology. The areas of Seating and Positioning, Mobility, Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC), Daily Living Technologies and Assistive Technology Access will be studied in detail. Students will choose one area for their first assignment, and will attend 2 separate clinics each of 4 hours duration to observe clinical practice.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Seminar presentation (20%)
Essay (1,000 words) (20%)
Literature review (3,000 words) (30%)
Exam (30%)
40 hours attendance in lectures/practicums (block mode), 4 hours clinic attendance (over 2 separate occasions), 16 hours seminar attendance (including a 20 minute presentation), 2 written assignments (1,000 and 2,000 words).
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Peninsula Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ted Brown |
This unit will provide an in depth overview of the issues related to the assessment of children (ethical, legal, professional, educational, clinical). The unit will start by introducing the reasons, uses, and purposes of assessment. Specific methods (e.g.observation, objective performance, parent-report) related to the assessment of children will be reviewed. Particular attention will be paid to issues related to family-centred practice and assessing children in naturalistic environments. Different contexts (e.g., clinic, community, school, home) where assessment is completed, issues related to the assessment of children at different age levels / developmental levels and the evaluation of children with special needs will be discussed. Ethical, policy and legal issues related to the assessment of children will be presented and critiqued. Specific types of assessment tools, scales, and instruments appropriate for use with children will be presented and reviewed. This will provide a broad base of 7 knowledge and skills for occupational therapy and other health professional students wishing to work with children and families in clinical, educational, home, and community settings.
At the completion of this unit, students will:
Participation during class and tutorial group discussions (10%)
Critique and scoping review of an instrument, tool or scale used to assess children (2,500 words) (40%)
Mock assessment report of school-age child & professional reflection (3,000 words) (50%)
Achieving a minimum grade of 50% on the AT4, failure to achieve a grade of 50% or more on AT4 may result in failing the unit (Hurdle)
100% attendance requirements for all tutorials, seminars and practical skills sessions, unless a medical certificate is provided. (Hurdle)
On Campus: 3 hours per week of lectures plus 1 hour per week of tutorial. 8 hours per week of private study (reading, literature review, practicing skills, preparation of assignments, and other self-directed learning activities). Averaged over the 12 week semester - a total of 156 hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Suzanne Wakefield and Associate Professor Rachael McDonald |
This course is about occupational therapy for children with neurodevelopmental disabilities and their families. Etiology and epidemiology of conditions will be reviewed. The impact of accommodating the significant needs of a child with a disability in a family will be described and the impact on family member's and occupational therapy service delivery will be explored in depth. Students will learn about occupational therapy methods using the International Classification of Functioning and Disability (ICF) and family centred practice. Learning will be experienced in the online classroom environment and students will examine several case studies in detail.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Presentation at a seminar (30 mins) (20%) and a submission of a summary (1,000 words) (10%)
Short quizzes (3,500 words total over 8 weeks) (70%)
Attendance requirements
Active participation in online discussion boards, research reviews and proposals
60 hours interaction with online lectures and course material, and participation in online tutorials, communications with other students and tutor (online delivery only), 16 hours seminar attendance (including one day in the initial week and one in the last week with a 30 minute presentation), 1 written assignment (1,000 words), 8 discussion postings (3,500 words); 88 hours of private study.
See also Unit timetable information
Ms Suzanne Wakefield and Associate Professor Rachael McDonald
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Louise Farnworth and Dr Primrose Lentin |
This unit offers students the opportunity to develop knowledge related to contemporary occupational therapy theory and practice that will provide advanced revision of material that may have been covered in an undergraduate curriculum, but also will introduce new developments as well as critique theoretical perspectives and practices in human occupation focused services often undertaken by occupational therapists. The unit will overview and critique literature related to historical and current conceptual understandings of human activity and occupation, and occupation-based, culturally sensitive practices including: definitions and classifications of occupation, time use, occupational balance, person-environment-occupation models of practice, occupational identity and occupational adaptation. It will take a lifespan approach and is relevant to all areas of occupational therapy practice in building healthy communities. Literature will be primarily sourced from occupational therapy and occupational science. In this unit students will also develop the skills required for evidence-based, reflective, client/person-centred practice, critical evaluation of literature and professional verbal and written forms of communication of occupation-based practice concepts.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Participation at 80% of all classes
Self-directed learning
Presentation (15%)
Essay (4,000 words) (70%)
Critique (1,000 words) (15%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Matthew Shepherd and Mr Jon Wright |
This unit will explore aeromedical retrieval in Australia and overseas, by describing the role and operational functions of Air Ambulance and other retrieval systems and the role of members of the flight team. Fixed wing and rotary wing aerodynamics are introduced and the unit will emphasise, in detail, specific safety requirements and Civil Aviation Safety Authority regulations. Preparation for flight will cover the on-ground care and pre-flight checks of patients and preparing self for flight. The response of the body to flight will be introduced and form the basis for considering the modifications to practice required for the in-flight management of patients. Processes related to the undertaking of safe and effective patient transfer will also be explored.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online MCQ quiz (10%)
Final exam (40%)
Portfolio (50%)
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tim Gray |
Aeromedicine and retrieval work is a multi-disciplinary process to ensure the best outcomes for patient care. This Unit will explore the essentials of professionalism, critical thinking, problem solving, planning, peer review and reflective practices that are essential to health professionals operating in a context of constrained resources, and who, after graduation, may practice on fixed and rotary wing aircraft.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (40%)
Portfolio (60%)
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Toby St Clair and Mr Darren Hodge |
This unit will explore the specific modifications to clinical practice required when adapting to the aeromedical environment. This exploration will be based on the affects of altitude on susceptible medical, surgical and traumatic conditions and will emphasise the importance of appropriate in-flight equipment commonly used for patient monitoring and ventilatory and circulatory support. Related clinical management strategies including prediction of potential aeromedical problems so as to ensure the safe and efficient transport of patients will be developed.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online MCQ quiz (10%)
Final exam (40%)
Portfolio (50%)
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Online) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Shaun Whitmore |
This unit will promote the development of a broad and critical conceptual and practical understanding of Critical Care mission coordination within retrieval systems. The unit will deliver a broad range of systems and process skills for the practitioner, ensuring their knowledge and understanding of the complexities and dependencies within critical care and retrieval systems. It also considers in depth the cognitive skills required in coordination, in order to fully understand and manage complex planning, risk mitigation, mission logistics and communication methods. The unit will also focus on specific standards and guidelines in the delivery of retrieval coordination.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online MCQ quiz (10%)
Final exam (40%)
Portfolio (50%)
Students are required to spend, on average, 12 hours per week on this unit across the semester (156 hours in total). This includes working through self-directed learning materials, case reviews and discussion forums through Moodle, preparation of unit assessment tasks and attendance at a 2 day (14 hours) on-campus intensive.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Online) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Darren Hodge |
This unit covers the role of the aeromedical team and the use of fixed and rotary wing aircraft in search and rescue. The content related to air search techniques includes search patterns, homing techniques and observer procedures. Rescue techniques focus on the rotary wing aircraft aeromedical rescue team and the specific skill of stabilising and packaging the patient for winching to safety. The safety requirements of search and rescue are emphasised and post impact land survival techniques, water safety and sea survival are discussed.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online MCQ quiz (10%)
Final exam (40%)
Portfolio (50%)
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Toby St Clair and Mr Darren Hodge |
This unit will specifically address the requirements of planning, leading and providing complex retrieval and repatriation of sick and injured patients in the specialized aeromedical and also in non-specialized (commercial aircraft) to definitive care.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online MCQ quiz (10%)
Final exam (40%)
Portfolio (50%)
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Online) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
The purpose of the unit is to allow students to explore a topic that is of personal and professional importance to them in the aeromedical context. This unit will use a negotiated learning contract based on the student's self assessment of learning needs which will be supervised by the unit convenor. An appropriately qualified and experienced industry leader and/or academic will be appointed as co-supervisor with the unit coordinator if required.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Portfolio (15%)
Verbal presentation (10 minutes plus 5 minutes discussion) (25%)
Written report (4,000 words) (60%)
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Online) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit will assist the student to promote the transfer of theoretical knowledge and skills developed the other core units of the Graduate Certificate in Aeromedical Retrieval to the actual aeromedical work environment. Work place experience will allow highly contextualised knowledge to be constructed through authentic learning experiences and will promote the development of the student as a practitioner. The student will be supervised by a Monash University appointed Clinical Teacher within a structured framework of learning activities.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (50%)
Portfolio (50%)
Students are required to spend 12 hours per week on this unit working through self-directed learning materials, participating in tutorials on Blackboard and local clinical simulations and tutorials conducted by workplace mentors and in preparation of unit assessment tasks 156 hours total.
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Online) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Karen Zaleski |
This unit will introduce the student to the underpinning pedagogical framework and themes intensive care paramedicine. To aid familiarisation to a new practice environment, the role requirements and attributes of an intensive care paramedic as an interactive professional within an integrated system of Emergency Medical Services will be explored. Students are expected to use this opportunity to build on their understanding of the range of reactions that patients, family, and co-workers in the health system experience in response to sudden illness and injury. Essential underpinning theoretical knowledge bases will be developed and consolidated.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online MCQ quiz (10%)
Final exam (40%)
Portfolio (50%)
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Online) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Nathan Stam |
Paramedicine has a growing reliance on drug therapy as the primary intervention for most emergency situations. Patients receiving medication interventions are exposed to potential harm as well as benefits. This unit will challenge students to have a graduate understanding of the science of pharmacology to ensure that their patients are administered/prescribed the right medication, the correct dose and at the right time to achieve the desired therapeutic effect.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online MCQ quiz (10%)
Final exam (40%)
Portfolio (50%)
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Online) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Andrew Burns and Mr Ben Meadley |
This unit will cover the theoretical underpinnings required to develop in the student an appropriate level of knowledge, understanding and skill related to the management of patients with chest pain. Specific topics include cardiac anatomy and physiology, the natural history of ischaemic heart disease, cardiovascular pathology, interpretation of electrocardiographic rhythms and waveforms and pharmacology of drugs used in the treatment of acute myocardial infarction.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online MCQ quiz (10%)
Final exam (40%)
Portfolio (50%)
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Online) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Lisa Powell |
Respiratory emergencies are considerable burden within Paramedicine and the community generally, consuming large amounts of health resources. This unit teaches Intensive Care Paramedics about the paramedical diagnosis, approaches and care of patients suffering from respiratory illness. Upon completion of this unit students will have an appropriate understanding of the assessment and emergency management of patients with respiratory conditions.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online MCQ quiz (10%)
Final exam (40%)
Portfolio (50%)
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Online) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Toby St Clair |
This unit will cover the theoretical underpinnings required to develop in the student an appropriate level of knowledge, understanding and skill related to the provision of trauma care. Trauma care is approached from the contextual perspective of trauma systems, time critical guidelines and trauma triage criteria. Specific traumatic injuries are discussed in depth and practice in the related trauma skills is provided.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online MCQ quiz (10%)
Final exam (40%)
Portfolio (50%)
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2015 (Online) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Online) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Shaun Whitmore |
This unit will cover the theoretical underpinnings required to develop in the student an appropriate level of knowledge, understanding and skill related to the provision of emergency care to the obstetric patient and the paediatric and neonatal population. The student's previous clinical experience is used as the basis for identifying key differences in the advanced life support measures appropriate to the management of obstetric complications or the pregnant patient who has experienced physical trauma or is suffering from a medical emergency.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online MCQ quiz (10%)
Final exam (40%)
Portfolio (50%)
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Wayne Gardam |
Notes
BLOCK-ON offering is not available to International students.
This units aims to prepare the student for clinical practice by using simulation-training methods to improve the understanding of human factors and their impact on the quality of team-based clinical care within the specific emergency paramedicial environment. The unit will allow the student to implement key clinical skills and practice clinical judgment, clinical decision making with implementation of management within a broad range of simulated emergencies and objective, structured clinical exams (OSCES).
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Portfolio (50%)
OSCE (50%)
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week prior to engaging in the simulation exercises.
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Online) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Campbell Asker and Mr Wayne Gardam |
This unit involves the student operating demonstrating competency as a novice intensive care paramedic based in their local clinical environment and under the direct supervision or mentorship of a suitably qualified and experienced clinical teacher. The student will be supported to develop the skills and attributes of a safe and competent intensive care paramedic. It is expected that the knowledge and skills developed in the course will be applied in the clinical, digital or simulation environment.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Student exemplar videos (60%)
Evidence based practice forum (30%)
Reflective clinical practice (10%)
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Online) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Daniel Cudini |
This unit will cover the theoretical underpinnings required to develop in the student an appropriate level of knowledge, understanding and skill related to the provision of care to the adult population in the circumstances of common and less common medical emergencies. The student's previous clinical experience is used as the basis for identifying key differences in the advanced life support measures appropriate to these conditions.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online MCQ quiz (10%)
Final exam (40%)
Portfolio (50%)
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit will prepare appropriately qualified practitioners for extended and / or non acute clinical care within a pre-hospital practice. The unit will extend the practice of paramedic practitioners by further developing diagnostic skills, differential diagnosis, utilisation of physical examination, interpreting investigations, and implementing a management plan to keep patients in their home while working in collaboration with general practitioners and other health professionals.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (50%)
Portfolio (50%)
Students will be expected to complete at least 6 hours of internet learning or and a minimum of 6 hours of private study and self-directed learning per week. If completed on-campus sessions, students will be expected to attend the equivalent of 6 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials per week and complete a minimum of 6 hours of self-directed learning.
Must be enrolled in courses 3876, 3877 or 3878.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Primary Care Research |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Shane Thomas |
This unit reviews key concepts in primary health care in Australia and other countries using a comparative case based teaching method. Case examples of primary health care initiatives and systems are drawn from a wide range of countries including Australia, China, Japan, Saudi Arabia and other Gulf States, the United States and United Kingdom. Key documents including the Commonwealth's "Towards a National Primary Health Care Strategy: A Discussion Paper from the Australian Government and the WHO's "Primary Health Care: Now More Than Ever" statements will be reviewed and discussed. 9 hours of this course will be co-taught with Masters of Family Medicine candidates. The following topics will also be considered. The history and philosophy of primary care practice, the conceptual framework of primary care practice, the roles and tasks of the primary care practitioner, primary care practice in the community and community health, future directions of primary care practice and the academic in primary care practice. The course is designed for primary health care professionals and other professionals involved in the management, design and delivery of primary health care services.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Review of literature (20%)
Case study (20%)
Essay (critical analysis) (60%)
12 hours per week including contact time and private study over the second semester - a total of 156 hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Primary Care Research |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Hui Yang and Professor Shane Thomas |
This unit reviews quality improvement systems models and research in quality improvement for primary health care in Australia and other countries using a case based teaching method. The use of benchmarking concepts and practices to drive quality improvement is introduced and critically analysed. Different types of benchmarking considered in this unit include time-based benchmarking, intra-agency benchmarking, inter-agency benchmarking, and national and international benchmarking in primary health care services.
Current knowledge and practice in the use of clinical and technical standards and accreditation systems to drive primary health care quality improvement is reviewed and critically analysed. Standards relevant to primary health care practice and delivery are thoroughly reviewed. Particular focus is placed upon the use of patient experience feedback in primary health care quality improvement. The differences between patient experience and satisfaction are considered and how patient experience tools can be directly aligned to clinical and technical standards. Tools pertinent to primary health care quality improvement are thoroughly reviewed. The course is designed for primary health care professionals and other professionals involved in the management, design and delivery of primary health care services.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Review of literature (20%)
Case study (20%)
Essay (critical analysis) (60%)
24 hours per week including contact time and private study over the second semester - a total of 312 hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Primary Care Research |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Shane Thomas |
Ageing is said to be one of the major forces of the new millennium. It is a universal force that can bring change to society and while there are many challenges there are also many opportunities for ageing to be a force for social progress and development. Understanding the health and wellbeing of the ageing population is critical for health improvement of individuals, communities and whole populations of older people. This Unit is designed to take a broad view of ageing from across a number of perspectives including the demographic transition and the impact on the population profile, health and welfare costs, and health care delivery; the need to refocus health priorities to address the changing needs of an ageing population; psychosocial and behavioural aspects of ageing and their impact on health and well being; and conditions of ageing and their prevention and management in primary health care settings. Students will examine ageing from a healthy ageing perspective and consider the value of health promotion approaches for older people in primary care settings.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Review of literature (20%)
Case study (20%)
Essay (critical analysis) (60%)
12 hours per week including contact time and private study, over 2 semesters - a total of 312 hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Primary Care Research |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Shane Thomas |
Chronic illness is by definition, long lasting and at times severe. Chronic illnesses are large contributors to mortality, morbidity, disability and increased hospital admissions. They also make up a significant proportion of individuals using primary health care services. In Australia, almost half of all deaths are caused by the 12 leading chronic illnesses which include a range of physical and mental illnesses. These include coronary heart disease, stroke, lung cancer, colorectal cancer, depression, diabetes, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, chronic kidney disease, oral diseases, arthritis and osteoporosis. Individuals with some of these illnesses - high blood pressure, depression, arthritis, diabetes and asthma - rely heavily on primary health care services for day to day management and support. The causes of chronic illness are both broad and complex. They represent a range and combination of Downstream determinants, such as biological factors; Midstream determinants, such as psychosocial factors and health behaviours; and Upstream determinants, such as social-cultural, physical and environmental factors. These factors may also impact on the management of chronic illness, in particular how health care and information is accessed, received and interpreted by individuals.
This unit, designed for primary health care professionals, aims to provide participants with an understanding of the socio-cultural and behavioural determinants of chronic illness, and how these determinants impact on health promotion, prevention, management strategies and outcomes in the primary health care setting. The unit is based on a multi-disciplinary approach, drawing on theoretical and empirical case studies from the social sciences, public health, health promotion and primary health care. The unit will examine the different causation models of the determinants of chronic illness with particular emphasis on the socio-cultural determinants of health and behavioural risk and protective factors, including early life factors. It will make the link, with a number of case study examples, between the burden associated with disease and risk and protective factors. The unit will also examine models of chronic disease self-management and how these approaches apply in primary health care settings. It will show how individual and group socio-cultural factors may influence health care decision making, and interactions with the primary health care team.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Workshop presentation (20%)
Structured learning task (20%)
Research essay (3,000 words) (60%)
12 hours per week including contact time and private study, averaged over the 12 week semesters - a total of 156 hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Primary Care Research |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Shane Thomas |
The international liberalisation of legalised access to gambling has lead to an increased incidence and prevalence of problem gambling in many jurisdictions. Workers in the health and human services are now much more likely to encounter clients with problem gambling and associated co-morbid problems.
This unit will define what is meant by "problem gambling" and how different Australian and overseas jurisdictions have tackled this problem in the context of overall gambling policy. The distribution of problem gambling within the Australian community and international communities will be reviewed. Risk and protective factors for problem gambling will also be reviewed. There is now significant evidence that problem gambling usually occurs in conjunction with other problems including drug and alcohol addiction and mental health disorders including depression. The evidence for these co-morbidities and their implications for policy and treatment will be reviewed.
The course is designed for primary health care professionals and other professionals involved in services dealing with problem gamblers and their families and for those with a general interest in gambling and problem gambling.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Review of literature (20%)
Case study (20%)
Essay (critical analysis) (60%)
12 hours per week including contact time and private study over the first semester - a total of 156 hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Primary Care Research |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Shane Thomas |
This unit will review the full range of responses available for the prevention and treatment of problem gambling. Primary, secondary and tertiary approaches will be considered in this unit.
This unit will consider the design, effectiveness and efficiency of public education approaches to diverting people at risk of developing problem gambling. It will also consider individual, family and group treatment methods and models for the treatment of problem gambling. Counselling methods including motivational and informational approaches, Peer-support programs, Self-help programs and Cognitive, Behavioural and Cognitive Behavioural therapies will be reviewed.
The implications of drug and alcohol addiction and/or mental health problems for the design and delivery of treatment programs for problem gambling will also be reviewed.
The course is designed for primary health care professionals and other professionals involved in services dealing with problem gamblers and their families.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Review of literature (20%)
Case study (20%)
Essay (critical analysis) (60%)
12 hours per week including contact time and private study over the first semester - a total of 156 hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Primary Health Care |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Lyn Clearihan |
This unit will provide students with a broad based understanding of complexity theory, the nonlinear dynamics underpinning the physiology of health and disease, and the place of complex systems in managing the health care system. Practitioners will be introduced to the concepts and methods of complexity sciences and encouraged to explore the application of these to areas of their own clinical practice or to issues of national relevance for a primary health care setting. The focus of the learning content and activities will challenge students to explore the currently accepted concepts, held by both health care practitioners and healthcare systems in general. Practitioners will be encouraged to generate solutions for these problems that explicitly describe the intended and unintended consequences of such solutions.
The unit will address the nature of complex adaptive systems, applying complex adaptive systems principles to learning, clinical and organisational problems and developing solutions to problems that are context sensitive.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
2 x Case studies (1,500 words each) (50%)
Essay (2,000 words) (20%)
Presentation (30%)
Participation in webinars and at least 80% of online discussions (Hurdle)
Online quizzes (Hurdle)
Participation in online activities and discussion boards is estimated to take approximately 3 hours per week. Assessment activities, prescribed reading, recommended reading, student interactions and private study is estimated to take approximately 9 hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Concurrent clinical practice is desirable and beneficial to successfully complete this unit but not a requirement.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Primary Health Care |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Lyn Clearihan |
This unit will examine the issues facing the management of patients in the community who require palliative care in the 21st century, including harm minimisation, how to manage acute illness in a 'dying' patient and the problems faced in accompanying the patient on their terminal life journey. The unit will address the challenges and complexities for community based practitioners in the diagnostic process when managing patients with a terminal condition that involves multisystem disease and multiple health issues. It also explores the journey faced by practitioners, their patients and their carers in the transition from a cure pathway to a care pathway. The Unit encourages practitioners to draw upon their own clinical experiences and is designed to foster the development of greater clinical insight into the care of both patient and practitioner, while fostering a deeper appreciation of the strengths of team-based care.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
6 x Activity linked assessment tasks (500-800 words / 5-10 minute discussion response each) (10% x 6 = 60%)
Collaborative case study (500 - 1,000 words) (15%)
PowerPoint presentation (15%)
Essay (2,500 words) or equivalent PowerPoint presentation (10%)
Participation in discussion forums (Hurdle)
Participation in online activities and discussion boards is estimated to take approximately 3 hours per week. Assessment activities, prescribed reading, recommended reading, student interactions, reflection on relevant clinical practice and private study is estimated to take approximately 9 hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Concurrent clinical practice is desirable and beneficial to successfully complete this unit but not a requirement.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Primary Health Care |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Lyn Clearihan |
The aim of this unit is to assist clinicians, who are currently working as primary healthcare practitioners, to enhance and refine their consulting skills. It is particularly relevant for International medical practitioners who wish to improve their community based patient care. Cultural context will thus provide the background when discussing consultation styles, with students expected to gain knowledge in cultural literacy and competency. Strengthening and enhancing communication skills will also form a consistent theme throughout the unit. The unit will encourage students to draw on their own experience to critically appraise and evaluate clinical encounters using evidence based consultation modelling. They will be expected to analyse current theories underpinning the construct of a consultation, describing and exploring aspects of it that may result in suboptimal patient care or outcomes. This unit explores the unique dynamic that occurs in the exchange and interplay between clinician and patient, within a specific cultural context. In the process of doing so it guides students to a deeper layer of reflection of how the consultation process itself might impact on patient outcomes. The focus of the unit is on skills development to ensure health care practitioners retain and build on the knowledge they gain to both teach and practice more effective primary healthcare within a community.
Upon successful completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Essay (2,000 words) (25%)
Demonstration (45%)
Presentation (30%)
Participation in webinars and at least 80% of online discussions (Hurdle)
Complete online quizzes (Hurdle)
Participation in online activities and discussion boards is estimated to take approximately 3 hours per week. Assessment activities, prescribed reading, recommended reading, student interactions, reflection on relevant clinical practice and private study is estimated to take approximately 9 hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Concurrent clinical practice is desirable and beneficial to successfully complete this unit but not a requirement.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2015 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2015 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2015 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Full year 2015 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Anaesthesia and Perioperative Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jamie Smart and Dr Enjarn Lin |
Notes
Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) and credit for POM5001 for those who have completed the Monash University/ Alfred Short Course in Perioperative Medicine will no longer apply for those undertaking the short course from 2014. It will still apply to those who have completed the short course prior to this date.
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For more information please contact Department of Anaesthesia and Perioperative Medicine (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/cecs/anaesthesia-board/contactus.html).
Cardiac disease is increasing in prevalence and creates a number of perioperative diagnostic and management dilemmas. This unit aims to consolidate and extend the student's knowledge of the pathophysiology of cardiac disease, and review the perioperative interventions that can be applied to improve patient outcome.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
1 x Essay (2,000 words) (16%)
4 x Short answer questions (1,000 words each) (9% each) (27%)
2 x Group case discussions (1,500 words per group) (27%)
Block day (8 hours) (30%)
Results will be reported to students and faculty as a Pass / Non-Pass result.
20-24 hours per week of time commitment (on average) and 8 hours per semester of direct contact time (weekend block day).
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Anaesthesia and Perioperative Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Joel Symons, Dr Arvinder Grover, Dr Enjarn Lin |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For more information please contact Department of Anaesthesia and Perioperative Medicine (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/cecs/anaesthesia-board/contactus.html).
The focus of this unit is for the participant to obtain the necessary knowledge and skills in managing the trauma patient in the acute setting, as well as the chronic patient with an acute exacerbation of their disease. It will focus on strategies to improve the outcome for these patients. Participants will gain practical knowledge of airway management, ventilation strategies and circulatory support strategies.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
1 x Essay (2,000 words) (16%)
4 x Short answer questions (1,000 words each) (9% each) (27%)
2 x Group case discussions (1,500 words per group) (27%)
Block day (8 hours) (30%)
Results will be reported to students and faculty as a Pass / Non-Pass result.
20-24 hours per week of time commitment (on average) and 8 hours per semester of direct contact time (weekend block day).
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Anaesthesia and Perioperative Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Christine Ball and Dr Chris Bain |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For more information please contact Department of Anaesthesia and Perioperative Medicine (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/cecs/anaesthesia-board/contactus.html).
Students will gain knowledge of the pathogenesis and perioperative management of patients with endocrine, renal, hepatic, gastrointestinal and coagulation dysfunction. In addition, students will learn to apply basic analgesic principles to the management of patients with perioperative pain problems.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
2 x Essays (2,000 words each) (35%)
4 x Short answer questions (4 x 1,000 words) (35%)
1 x Weekend block day for 8 hours (Direct contact) consisting of collaborative group assignments, individual presentations and/or practical stations (30%)
Results will be reported to students and faculty as a Pass / Non-Pass result.
20-24 hours per week of time commitment (on average) and 8 hours per semester of direct contact time (weekend block day).
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Anaesthesia and Perioperative Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stuart Marshall and Dr Maggie Wong |
This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis. For more information please contact Department of Anaesthesia and Perioperative Medicine (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/cecs/anaesthesia-board/contactus.html).
Students will gain knowledge of the pathogenesis and perioperative management of patients with infectious diseases, neurological and neuromuscular disorders, high risk obstetrics and psychiatric disorders. In addition, students will learn to identify the impact of ageing and geriatric care and optimize the management of these patients in the perioperative period.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
1 x Essay (2,000 words) (16%)
4 x Short answer questions (1,000 words each) (9% each) (27%)
2 x Group case discussions (1,500 words per group) (27%)
Block day (8 hours) (30%)
Results will be reported to students and faculty as a Pass / Non-Pass result.
20-24 hours per week of time commitment (on average) and 8 hours per semester of direct contact time (weekend block day).
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 3 2015 (Online) Monash Online Teaching Period 6 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Mundy |
This unit covers all important aspects of abnormal behaviour: historical influences, theory, assessment, specific psychopathologies, treatment methods, and legal issues. Both the scientific and professional aspects of abnormal psychology are presented. Students will be provided with a broad and comprehensive review of abnormal behaviour, by studying and contrasting different theoretical perspectives.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Secure online exams (40 mins per exam) (4 x 10% = 40%)
Reflective clinical commentary (500 words) (15%)
Case study reports (750 words) (20%)
Lab report (1,250 words) (25%)
Students should expect to spend an average of 15-20 hours per week on this unit. This time will cover:
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4525.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 3 2015 (Online) Monash Online Teaching Period 6 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Mundy |
Testing and assessment is a major component of psychological research and practice. This unit introduces the principles and processes of test development, test administration and test interpretation. Some widely used psychological tests will be described and critiqued on a number of criteria including test reliability and validity. The unit also covers theories of ability and how our thinking about human abilities is influenced by our cultural framework.
The unit will also provide students with a strong foundation in professional ethics for psychologists. Students will also gain an advanced knowledge of the ethical, legal and professional responsibilities of practising psychologists. These ethical principles will then be applied to specific ethical dilemmas and case studies.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Psychological testing assignment (1,000 words) (25%)
Ethics assignment (1,500 words) (30%)
6 x Secure online examination (30 minutes each) (45%)
Must be enrolled in course 4525.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 1 2015 (Online) Monash Online Teaching Period 3 2015 (Online) Monash Online Teaching Period 5 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Mundy |
This unit covers at a more advanced level topics in research design and analysis presented in first-year psychology. Students will further develop their understanding of the research process and some of the most commonly used methods of statistical analysis. Students will also become familiar with the statistical software package, SPSS. Topics covered include: parametric and nonparametric procedures to compare two or more independent or matched samples; correlation and linear regression; planned and post hoc comparison techniques; power and sample size considerations; interpretation of output; experimental, quasi-experimental, and correlational research strategies; between- and within-subjects designs; and ethics.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Weekly lab exercises (200 words per week) (6 x 5% = 30%)
Applied research design task (1,500 words) (35%)
Secure online examination (40 mins per exam) (10% + 10% + 15% = 35%)
Students should expect to spend an average of 15-20 hours per week on this unit. This time will cover:
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4525.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 2 2015 (Online) Monash Online Teaching Period 4 2015 (Online) Monash Online Teaching Period 6 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Mundy |
This unit provides a continuation/elaboration of first-year psychology topics: developmental psychology and biological psychology. Developmental psychology encompasses physical, cognitive, and social-emotional changes across the life span and how these are shaped by macrosystems such as culture, and microsystems such as peers and the family. Biological psychology includes states of consciousness, mental disorders and addiction, mechanisms and disorders of learning and memory, and the regulation of emotional and motivated states. The laboratory program complements the lectures, and provides further training in research techniques, report writing, oral presentations and teamwork.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Secure online exams (40%)
Oral presentation (20%)
Research report (20%)
Developmental report/computer interaction (20%)
Students should expect to spend an average of 20 hours per week on this unit. This time will cover:
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4525.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 4 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Mundy |
This unit covers all important introductory aspects of counselling. Themes to be covered include theories of counselling, evaluation of how personal beliefs and values influence the counselling process and legal and ethical issues in counselling psychology. Students will be provided with a broad overview of the field of counselling psychology and will be expected to be able to compare and contrast different theoretical perspectives and reflect on how these perspectives would influence their (potential) counselling style and practice.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
6 x Secure online exams (30 minutes each) (5% each) (30%)
Reflective clinical commentary x 2 (500 words each) (10% each) (20%)
Short essay (1,000 words) (20%)
Simulated counselling session with written summary (10 minutes) (750 words) (30%)
Students should expect to spend an average of 15-20 hours per week on this unit. This time will cover:
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4525.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 5 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mike Larson |
This unit covers the key themes of social psychology and personality. The history and the philosophy of the different schools of social psychology and personality are examined to highlight changes in our understanding of social identity, meaning and relationships. In the first half of the unit, several different personality theories will be compared and contrasted including psychoanalytic, phenomenological, trait, and social learning approaches to personality. The second half of the unit will demonstrate how social psychology theories, such as behaviour in groups, aggression, attraction, dehumanisation and attitude change, are applied and critiqued in light of contemporary behaviour and new knowledge.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
6 x Secure online quiz (20 mins each) (5% each) (30%)
Lab report assignment (1,500 words) (35%)
Critical essay (1,500 words) (35%)
Students should expect to spend an average of 15-20 hours per week on this unit. This time will cover:
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 4 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Mundy |
The Neuroscience of Cognition and Behaviour focuses on the neurobiological mechanisms responsible for human cognition and behaviour, with a particular focus on understanding leading methodology and technologies employed in brain-behaviour relationships. By exploring brain-behaviour interactions through an in-depth examination of a selection of cognitive abilities and behaviours, this unit will guide students to establish an understanding of the mechanisms behind memory processes, sleep, perception and other fundamental human behaviours. Technologies utilized by neuroscientists, such as functional magnetic resonance imaging, electroencephalography, and eye tracking will be considered during the course of this unit.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
6 x Secure online quizzes (30 minutes each) (5% each) (30%)
Video presentation (10 minutes) (20%)
Poster (1,000 words) (20%)
Experiment design (1,000 words) (30%)
Students should expect to spend an average of 15-20 hours per week on this unit. This time will cover:
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 4525.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychological Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Prue Morgan |
This unit will cover an introduction to physiotherapy assessment and management options for children with a range of conditions who present to physiotherapists. Aetiology and epidemiology of examples of neurological, cardiorespiratory, musculoskeletal and complex conditions and the physiotherapy role in evaluation are described. The skills required for communication with children, families, carers and other health professionals are also considered. An emphasis on establishing competence and confidence to work autonomously whilst identifying limits to own practice is stressed. Learning will be experienced in the online classroom environment with a single face to face day at the conclusion of the unit. A selection of case studies selected from acute, subacute and community settings will be used to explore learning outcomes.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online quizzes x 4 (Summative) (35%)
Online exam (MCQ and short answers) (1 hour) (Summative) (20%)
Clinical Guideline activity (1,000 words) (Summative) (15%)
Guided paediatric case study (2,000 words) (30%)
Attendance requirement (face to face day, available also via video footage) (Hurdle)
Contribution to 4 x discussion boards (one per module, as per unit guide) (Hurdle)
Approximately 12 hours per week of interaction with online lectures and course material, completion of online assessment tasks and participation in online communications with other students and tutor (online delivery only, block mode), plus self-directed study time. An additional 8 hours of face to face day attendance or video footage viewing required.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Prue Morgan |
This unit will cover components of physiotherapy assessment and management options for children with cerebral palsy who present to physiotherapists. Aetiology and epidemiology of cerebral palsy, and the physiotherapy role in evaluation and management of children with this condition are described. An emphasis on establishing competence and confidence to work autonomously whilst identifying limits to own practice is stressed. Learning will be experienced in the online classroom environment with a single face to face day at the conclusion of the unit. A selection of case studies drawn from the acute, subacute and community settings will be used to explore learning outcomes.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online quizzes x 4 (Summative) (35%)
Online exam (MCQ and short answers) (1 hour) (Summative) (20%)
Clinical Guideline activity (1,000 words) (Summative) (15%)
Guided paediatric case study (2,000 words) (Summative) (30%)
Attendance requirement (Face to face day, available also via video footage) (Hurdle)
Contribution to 4 x discussion boards (One per module, as per unit guide) (Hurdle)
Approximately 12 hours per week of interaction with online lectures and course material, completion of online assessment tasks and participation in online communications with other students and tutor (online delivery only, block mode), plus self-directed study time. An additional 8 hours of face to face day attendance or video footage viewing required.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Prue Morgan |
This unit will cover components of physiotherapy assessment and management options for neonates and infants with a range of conditions who present to physiotherapists. Aetiology and epidemiology of examples of conditions experienced by neonates and infants, and the physiotherapy role in evaluation of neonates and infants are described. An emphasis on establishing competence and confidence to work autonomously whilst identifying limits to own practice is stressed. Learning will be experienced in the online classroom environment with a single face to face day at the conclusion of the unit. A selection of case studies drawn from the special care nursery, subacute and community settings will be used to explore learning outcomes.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online weekly quizzes (Summative) (35%)
Online exam (MCQ and short answers) (Summative) (20%)
Clinical guideline activity (1,000 words) (Summative) (15%)
Guided paediatric case study (2,000 words) (Summative) (30%)
Attendance requirement (face to face day, available also via video footage) (Hurdle)
Contribution to 4 x discussion boards (one per module as per unit guide instructions) (Hurdle)
Approximately 12 hours per week of interaction with online lectures and course material, completion of online assessment tasks and participation in online communications with other students and tutor (online delivery only, block mode), plus self-directed study time. An additional 8 hours of face to face day attendance or video footage viewing required.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Prue Morgan |
This unit will introduce principles underpinning physiotherapy assessment and treatment for paediatric conditions. It will cover common assessment tools, principles of family-centred practice, and introduce age-appropriate interventions for infants and children. Case-based examples will illustrate key components of paediatric physiotherapy practice and facilitate the achievement of learning objectives. Learning will be experienced in the online classroom environment.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online quizzes x 3 (30%)
Online exam (MCQ and short answers) (1 hour) (20%)
Paediatric assessment tool activity (1,500 words) (20%)
Guided paediatric case study (2,000 words) (30%)
40 hours interaction with online lectures and course material, completion of online assessment tasks and participation in online communications with other students and tutor (online delivery only), additional self-directed study time.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Prue Morgan |
This unit will cover components of physiotherapy assessment and management options for children of all ages with a range of complex and chronic conditions. Aetiology and epidemiology of chronic and complex conditions experienced by paediatric clients, and the physiotherapy role in evaluation are described. An emphasis on establishing competence and confidence to work autonomously whilst identifying limits to own practice is stressed. Learning will be experienced in the online classroom environment with a single face to face day at the conclusion of the unit. A selection of case studies drawn from acute, subacute and community settings will be used to explore learning outcomes.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
4 x Online quizzes (45 minutes each) (50%)
Online exam (MCQ and short answers) (1 hour) (20%)
Guided paediatric case study (2,000 words) (30%)
Attendance at 100% of face to face day, available also via video footage, unless a medical certificate is provided (Hurdle)
Contribution to 4 x discussion boards (One per module) (Hurdle)
Approximately 12 hours per week of interaction with online lectures and course material, completion of online assessment tasks and participation in online communications with other students and tutor and self-directed study time (online delivery only, block mode). An additional 8 hours of face to face day attendance or video footage viewing required.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Prue Morgan |
This final unit of the paediatric physiotherapy suite of units will allow consolidation of advanced clinical practice. Skills in critical decision-making and clinical reasoning ability for the management of paediatric conditions will be emphasised. Problem solving and advanced clinical skills within the context of family-centred practice will be explored. Learning will be experienced in the online classroom environment with individually tailored clinical experiences.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Professional portfolio (1,000 words) (10%)
Clinical practice journal (2,000 words) (25%)
Clinical evidence review activity (2,000 words) (25%)
Clinical paediatric project report (2,000 words) plus poster (800 - 1,000 words) (40%)
Contribution to 4 x discussion boards (Hurdle)
Attendance requirement (individualised clinical experience; >80%) (Hurdle)
Approximately 12 hours per week of interaction with online lectures and course material, completion of assessment tasks and participation in online communications with other students and tutor, plus an equal amount of self-directed study time. An additional up to 5 days of individualised clinical experience will be scheduled.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Marilyn Baird |
This unit is a foundation unit of the Master of CT Radiography Practice and the Master of Radiography Practice. It extends knowledge of the basic physical principles of multislice computed tomography (CT) and the protocols and processing methods used to image the whole body. The physical principles underpinning 3-D volumetric imaging will be contextualised within the axial, SSH and MSH scanning modes/systems. The techniques for processing and visualising 3-D images will be critically analysed. The unit will describe the physical and mathematical principles related to multi-planar reformats, maximum intensity projection, slab maximum intensity projection, surface rendering or shaded surface display and volume rendering. Protocols, patient preparation and monitoring, positioning, post-processing techniques and dose optimisation related to CT biopsies, interventional CT, virtual endoscopy, and CT angiography will be described and evaluated from within an evidence-based framework. The unit will conclude with an introduction to image interpretation of the brain and CTPA and the application of quality assurance and quality control principles to multislice CT imaging.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online examination (90 minutes) (30%)
2 x Advanced CT clinical case studies (1,500 words each) (50%)
Technical quality assurance and quality control report (1,000 words) (20%)
Off-campus: 12 hours per week for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course M6001.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Marilyn Baird |
This unit is a foundation unit of the Master of CT Radiography Practice and the Master of Radiography Practice for students who are required to complete a 72 credit point Master's program. It extends knowledge of the basic physical principles of MRI and addresses safety and the protocols and processing methods used to image the brain, spine, upper abdomen, pelvis and the knee and shoulder. The unit will introduce the student to the concept of evidence - based health care practice and how the principles apply to MRI radiography practice. The unit will examine the role played by the radiographer in the operationalization of safety principles within the MRI suite. Clinical indications and the preparation of the patient including the correct positioning methods for the brain, spine, upper abdomen, pelvis, knee and shoulder will be addressed. The purpose of the common sequences used to image the specific organs and structures will be covered and students will learn how to select the most appropriate imaging protocol for the common sequences from within an evidence - based framework. The unit will enable students to recognise the characteristics of the MRI representation of the common pathologies affecting the brain, spine, upper abdomen, pelvis, knee and shoulder. The unit will conclude with an examination of the application of quality assurance and quality control principles to MRI imaging.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
1 x Secure online MCQ examination covering the principles of MRI safety, sequence selection and imaging parameters (60 minutes) (20%)
1 x Secure online image recognition and analysis examination (60 minutes) 20%)
2 x Advanced MRI clinical case studies (1,500 words each) (40%)
1 x technical quality assurance and quality control report (1,000 words) (20%)
Each element of assessment is a hurdle requirement for the unit.
Off-campus: 12 hours per week for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course M6001.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Imelda Williams |
This unit is a foundation unit of the Master of CT Radiography Practice and the Master of Radiography Practice for students who are required to complete a 72 credit point Master's program. It extends the knowledge students have in relation to imaging pathology into the field of image interpretation. The unit will provide students with a detailed consideration of the psychophysics underpinning visual perception and the phenomenon of pattern recognition. The unit will address the radiographic interpretation of skeletal disease and skeletal trauma and the chest and abdomen including issues around the complexity of interpreting the radiographic patterns associated with injuries to the spine. The unit will provide the opportunity for students to reinforce their existing knowledge related to normal anatomy and normal variants and the growing bone and the mature skeleton on general radiographic images. Finally, the unit will require students to reflect upon their current clinical decision making processes and extend these processes into the area of general radiography commenting and the concept of the radiographer health assessment.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
3 x Online image recognition and analysis examinations (45 minutes each) (20% each) (60%)
2 x Advanced general radiography clinical case studies (1,000 words each) (12.5% each) (25%)
Completion of a psychophysics essay (1,500 words) (15%)
Off-campus: 12 hours per week for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course M6001.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wendy Macleod |
This unit extends a radiographer's existing knowledge of gross pathology in relation to common and uncommon diseases and conditions affecting the adult and paediatric patient. The unit will address the current understanding of disease and mechanisms of trauma affecting the respiratory, cardiovascular, neurological, abdominal and muscular skeletal systems. Consideration will also be given to the way in which pathology affects normal physiology and the consequences this understanding has for the accurate interpretation of radiographic images including CT images. Additionally the unit will provide an opportunity for radiographers to explore health problems observed in practice using a case-based approach and determine the appropriateness of radiographic investigations to aid diagnosis and treatment.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
5 x Image-based assignments (600 words each) (10% each) (50%)
2 x Work-based case studies (1,500 words each) (20% each) (40%)
4 x Short Moodle-based MCQ tests (15-20 questions, 20-30 minutes duration, 2-3 marks each) (10%)
Off-campus: 6 hours per week of direct engagement in the learning materials and 6 hours of self-directed study for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Hamidreza Pousti |
This unit will examine ICT and the hardware infrastructure that underpins secure delivery of the software applications and the robustness required to deliver modern health services. Picture Archive and Communication Systems (PACS) and Radiology Information Systems (RIS) are two health applications to be covered more in depth, together with an overview of other health related software applications such as the Electronic Patient Record (EPR). Students will also explore project and change management principles and learn how they can be applied more specifically to advanced medical radiation practice.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
3 x Medical imaging data management case based assignments (30% each). The deliverables incorporates 1,500 words report for each and a Wiki-based terminology building exercise (5% of the assessment).
2 x Online quizzes (10%)
Off-campus: 6 hours per week of direct engagement in the learning materials and 6 hours of self-directed study for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Dimmock |
This unit is a foundation unit of the Master of CT Radiography Practice and the Master of Radiography Practice. It extends knowledge of the basic physical principles of molecular imaging and introduces the methodologies that underpin the advancements in hybrid imaging. The unit will introduce the student to the current state-of-the-art in multi-modal 3-D volumetric imaging. This imaging paradigm will be contextualised with respect to the different combinations of the individual imaging protocols which are combined to form hybrid images. The protocols of particular relevance include CT, MRI, Ultrasound, SPECT and PET. The hardware requirements of each of these modalities will be discussed in detail, with particular attention paid to the technological advancements that have facilitated the development of fully-hybrid scanning geometries. The techniques for processing and visualising 3-D images will be critically analysed. The unit will describe the physical and mathematical principles related to image registration, segmentation and partitioning. Protocols with respect to patient preparation, monitoring and positioning will also be discussed. The unit will conclude with an examination of the application of quality assurance and quality control principles to the various modality combinations that constitute hybrid imaging.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
2 x Secure online scenario based examinations (15% each) (30%)
2 x Hybrid imaging case studies (1,500 words each) (25% each) (50%)
Report (1,500 words) (20%)
Off-campus: 6 hours per week of direct engagement in the learning materials and 6 hours of self-directed study for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Imelda Williams |
This unit builds upon existing knowledge about the features of normal and abnormal radiographic images radiographers have acquired through previous study and clinical practice. The unit will require students to use verified methodologies to interpret radiographic images involving trauma, sport injuries, arthritic diseases and neoplasm affecting the appendicular and axial skeleton of adults and paediatric patients. Advanced knowledge of the biomedical management of trauma and disease together with a detailed understanding of the associated radiographic representation of these pathologies will enable students to provide informed and evidence based comments about their images. The unit will acknowledge the importance of clinical judgement and decision making within the context of image interpretation and provide the tools to better understand and address the issues prevalent in today's health care environment. The unit will contextualise the practice of radiographic image interpretation within the broader context of the health care system and analyse the inter-professional and collaborative mechanisms that lead to a broadening of practice boundaries.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
3 x Secure online tests (15% each) (45%)
3 x Advanced radiography case studies (1,500 words) (25%)
Clinical portfolio (5,000 words) (30%)
Off-campus: 12 hours per week of direct engagement in the learning materials and 12 hours of self-directed study for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Imelda Williams |
This unit builds upon existing knowledge about the features of normal and abnormal radiographic images radiographers have acquired through previous study and clinical practice. The unit will require students to use verified methodologies to interpret radiographic images of general and more complex conditions including trauma affecting the chest and abdomen in adults and paediatric patients. Advanced knowledge of the biomedical management of trauma and disease together with a detailed understanding of the associated radiographic representation of these pathologies will enable students to provide informed and evidence based comments about their images. The unit will acknowledge the importance of clinical judgement and decision making within the context of image interpretation and provide the tools to better understand and address the issues prevalent in today's health care environment. The unit will contextualise the practice of radiographic image interpretation within the broader context of the health care system and analyse the inter-professional and collaborative mechanisms that lead to a broadening of practice boundaries.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
2 x Secure online examinations (60 minutes each) (20% each) (40%)
2 x Advanced radiography case studies (1,500 words each) (10% each) (20%)
Clinical portfolio (2,000 words) (40%)
Off-campus: 6 hours per week of direct engagement in the learning materials and 6 hours of self-directed study for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Marilyn Baird |
This unit builds upon existing knowledge radiographers have about modern multislice CT practice including dose reduction strategies and the need to tailor the CT protocol to the clinical indications. The unit will require students to use verified methodologies to implement a range of advanced CT protocols and post-processing approaches when dealing with patients who present for cerebral and neurological CT examinations. Students will critically examine the evidence informed body of knowledge about CT radiation dose, including CTDI, DLP and effective dose and implement dose minimisation techniques/strategies in adult and paediatric cerebral and neurological CT examinations. The unit will address the issue of the widespread use of iodinated radiographic contrast media through an in-depth analysis of risks and benefits for the adult and paediatric patient presenting for CT. The unit will teach students best practice in relation to the production of high quality diagnostic multi-planar and 3D images from images from brain and body perfusion, cerebral CTA studies through the competent use of advanced workstations. The unit will acknowledge the importance of clinical judgement and decision making within the context of image interpretation. Students will learn how to develop a series of CT radiographer comments in relation to emergency cerebral and neurological CT examinations and compare their comments against the gold standard.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
2 x Secure online tests (60 minutes each) (15% each) (30%)
3 x Advanced CT radiography case studies (1,500 words each) (10% each) (30%)
Clinical portfolio (5,000 words) (40%)
Off-campus: 12 hours per week of direct engagement in the learning materials and 12 hours of self-directed study for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Marilyn Baird |
This unit builds upon the first in a series of two advanced CT radiography practice units that incorporate clinical experience with evidence informed research into modern multislice CT practice. The unit will require students to use verified methodologies to implement a range of advanced CT protocols and post-processing approaches when dealing with adult patients who present for lung analysis and cardiac CT studies and musculo-skeletal conditions for which CT is the primary imaging modality. Students will critically examine the evidence informed body of knowledge about CT radiation dose, including CTDI, DLP, effective dose and implement dose minimisation techniques/strategies in lung analysis CT, cardiac studies and musculo-skeletal CT examinations. The unit will acknowledge the importance of clinical judgement and decision making within the context of the delivery of contrast media in the examinations addressed in the unit and the creation of high quality diagnostic multi-planar and 3D images through the competent use of advanced workstations. The development of a CT radiographer commenting system in relation to musculo-skeletal and lung CT examinations for communication to the multi-disciplinary team will also be covered.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
2 x Secure online tests (30 minutes each) (10% each) (20%)
2 x Advanced CT radiography case studies (20% each) (40%)
Clinical portfolio (2,500 words) (40%)
Off-campus: 6 hours per week of direct engagement in the learning materials and 6 hours of self-directed study for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Caroline Wright |
This unit is a foundation unit of the Master of Advanced Radiation Therapy practice. The unit is designed to build on the undergraduate knowledge of medico-legal, ethical issues, communication and cultural competence as related to the practice of radiation therapy. Students will gain in-depth knowledge of health care regulation. Medico-legal principles relating to assault and negligence, and how these are applied to radiation therapy, will be studied and students will reflect on the impact of these in their own practice. In addition students will also examine current ethical theories and evaluate their applicability to the practice of radiation therapy. Whilst studying these topics, practitioners will be encouraged to critically reflect, analyse and synthesise relevant information from the literature, reflecting on their experiences from clinical practice to further develop and build their critical analysis skills.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
2 x Online examinations (30 minutes each) (20%)
Problem-based learning clinical action plan (2,000 words) (30%)
Reflective comparative report (2,000 words) (30%)
3 x Reflective portfolio entries (500 words each) (20%)
Off-campus: 12 hours per week for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course M6001.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Caroline Wright |
This unit is a foundation unit of the Master of Advanced Radiation Therapy practice. The unit is designed to build on the undergraduate knowledge of psychology and reflective practice. This unit will consist of two key themes, psychological responses to cancer diagnosis and treatment and reflective practice. In Theme 1 students will gain in-depth knowledge on the psychological theories relating to responses to cancer diagnosis, the effects of treatment, grief and death and dying. Students will be able to analyse and describe the cause, nature, presentation and course of psychological responses in people with cancer. Coping mechanisms will be evaluated for cancer patients along the life continuum. In Theme 2, the principles of reflective practice and how these are applied to radiation therapy practice will be studied. In addition, students will also evaluate the role of professional portfolios in documenting reflections and their value to evidencing continuing professional development.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
2 x Online examinations (30 minutes each) (20%)
Problem-based learning clinical action plan (2,000 words) (30%)
Reflective comparative report (2,000 words) (30%)
3 x Reflective portfolio entries (500 words each) (20%)
Off-campus: 12 hours per week for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course M6001.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Caroline Wright |
This unit is a foundation unit of the Master of Advanced Radiation Therapy practice. It will demonstrate how the principles of evidence based health care practice apply to the specialised radiation therapy techniques of Tomotherapy, Proton Therapy, Volumetric Modulated Arc Therapy (VMAT), and stereotactic radiosurgery/radiation therapy equipment such as Cyberknife and Gammaknife. Students will gain in-depth knowledge of the quality assurance and physical principles underpinning each of these specialized radiation therapy techniques. Analytical skills will also be developed in relation to the planning, treatment and verification processes for each technique. In addition, students will analyse novel dose and fractionation regimes with respect to radiobiological models.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Scientific essay (4,000 words) (50%)
2 x Reflective Moodle discussion submissions (500 words each) (20%)
Individual structured oral presentation (20 minutes) (30%)
Off-campus: 12 hours per week for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course M6001.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Caroline Wright |
This is the second core unit of the Master of Advanced Radiation Therapy Practice. It is designed to meet the needs of Radiation Therapists seeking to extend their knowledge and skills in patient care, assessment and toxicity management. The unit will allow students to develop the skills to formulate strategies to assist in managing patient care and treatment compliance through communication and cultural competence. Students will critically evaluate the tools used to assess and monitor the condition of patients during their treatment course. Students will also analyse information management in relation to their current roles in supporting patients. The assessment and monitoring tools used in evaluating the effects of a cancer diagnosis and treatment will be investigated and their application to radiation therapy practice appraised.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Reflective analysis (3,000 words) (30%)
Report (1,500 words) (20%)
Evidence-based critical case analysis (2,500 words) (20%)
Comparative analysis (3,000 words) (30%)
Off-campus: 12 hours per week of direct engagement in the learning materials and 12 hours of self-directed study for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Caroline Wright |
This foundation unit of the Master of Advanced Radiation Therapy Practice is designed to meet the needs of Radiation Therapists seeking to advance their understanding and extend their knowledge of current issues which impact on radiation therapy and oncology service delivery. Workforce issues related to radiation therapy and oncology service delivery will be studied and students will evaluate the factors that impact on resource management. Students will study government policy, quality assurance systems, standards, and novel initiatives in relation to radiation therapy and oncology. Issues associated with rural and regional radiation oncology service delivery and cultural and demographic factors that affect utilisation of radiation oncology services will also be discussed.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Evidence-based business case (3,000 words) (25%)
Structured oral presentation (Individual) (20 minutes) (20%)
Critical reflection on the presentation (1,000 words) (10%)
Journal article (3,000 words) (25%)
Moodle discussion board posting (1,000 words) (10%)
2 x Reflective evidence-based responses (500 words each) (10%)
Off-campus: 12 hours per week of direct engagement in the learning materials and 12 hours of self-directed study for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Caroline Wright |
This is an elective unit in the Radiation Therapy stream of the Master of Advanced Health Care Practice. It is designed to build on the practitioners' knowledge and experience in radiation therapy of the breast. Students will extend their understanding of radiation therapy dose and fractionation schedules, localisation, planning, treatment and verification techniques for breast cancer. The unit will present the current issues facing radiation therapy planning and treatment of breast cancer, including the radiobiological rationale for contemporary and novel dose and fractionation schedules. Current and future approaches to irradiation of the breast will be appraised, with reference to the evidence base and reflections from clinical practice. Students will explore the use of multi-modality imaging in the planning and verification of breast cancer treatments.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Literature review (3,000 words) (30%)
Clinical action plan (1,500 words) (20%)
2 x Evidence-based reports (1,000 words each) (10%)
Responses to peer's planning report (500 words) (5%)
2 x Evidence-based reports (1,000 words each) (10%)
Responses to peer's planning report (500 words) (5%)
Evidence-based critique (2,000 words) (20%)
Off-campus: 12 hours per week of direct engagement in the learning materials and 12 hours of self-directed study for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Caroline Wright |
This elective unit is designed to meet the needs of Radiation Therapists seeking to extend their understanding of the principles and application of imaging techniques in clinical practice. Techniques such as such as image fusion and registration, image guidance and adaptive radiation therapy will be studied with a requirement for the student to reflect on clinical practice. Students will gain an in-depth knowledge of the imaging equipment used in pre-treatment and treatment imaging processes and critically reflect on its application in clinical practice. Students will be able to critically evaluate a range of issues associated with on-treatment imaging, quality assurance and accuracy and reproducibility.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Clinical action plan (1,500 words) and comparative reflective analysis (1,000 words) (20%)
Evidence-based imaging protocol (2,000 words) (20%)
Oral case presentation (Individual) (20 minutes) (30%)
Reflective peer review (1,000 words) (10%)
4 x Treatment analyses (500 words each) (20%)
Off-campus: 12 hours per week of direct engagement in the learning materials and 12 hours of self-directed study for 12 weeks.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
This unit comprises a major research program including submission of a thesis. The thesis should embody the results of the candidate's investigation, which demonstrates independence of thought and the candidate's ability to carry out research in that discipline. Minor coursework such as a literature review and oral presentation is specified by the enrolling department.
On completion of the unit, students will be able to understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project; show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist audience; have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.
Minor thesis, literature review and allied work. Assessment will be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (External Candidature) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (External Candidature) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mibel Aguilar |
Students will undertake honours level coursework in their relevant discipline, to be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of health sciences; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.
Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. To be advised to the student by the department/school honours coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
This unit addresses scientific and technical principles of diagnostic ultrasound and the scanning modes. The fundamentals of ultrasound transducers, continuous-wave and pulse-wave high frequency sound, A-mode, M-mode and B-mode diagnostic ultrasound scanning, the Doppler effect, spectral Doppler, colour and power Doppler and associated instrumentation are introduced. Recent developments in harmonic imaging and the use of contrast agents are presented. Safety issues are also covered including an understanding of bio-effects and bio-hazards. Students will develop skills in the recognition of image artefacts, the implementation of a quality assurance program and in optimising image quality.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate and communicate a broad and critical conceptual understanding of:
1 x Written examination (3 hours) (70%)
2 x Clinically oriented case report comprising a clinical action plan (1,000 words each) and a comparative learning report (500 words) (15% each)
Requirement to obtain a pass: Students must obtain at least 50% of available marks overall and at least 50% of available marks in the written examination.
Must be enrolled in course 3433.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wendy MacLeod |
This unit initially explores the main stages of embryonic development and then addresses specific systems such as the central nervous system, gastrointestinal tract and the genitourinary system in more detail. The second major component addresses the gross, regional and sectional anatomy of the thyroid, abdomen and pelvis, the vascular, musculoskeletal, hepatobiliary and genitourinary systems along with examples of pathophysiology relevant to medical ultrasound. A key component throughout this unit is the development of image evaluation skills in relation to the cross-sectional, coronal and sagittal display of these structures and their surrounding regional anatomy.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
1 x Written examination (3 hours) (70%)
2 x Assignments (1,500 words each) (15% each)
Requirement to obtain a pass: Students must obtain at least 50% of available marks overall and at least 50% of available marks in the written examination.
Must be enrolled in course 3433.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
The initial component introduces key principles of medicolegal practice, medical ethics and professional communication. In the second part of the unit, the breast and thyroid are used as exemplars to relate these principles to the practice of medical ultrasound. Sonographic scanning methods and techniques for examinations of the breast and thyroid will be introduced, information gathering techniques and the elements of a clinical history will be discussed, interpretational skills in respect to the recognition of the sonographic appearances of normal anatomy, anatomical variants and disease processes affecting the breast and the thyroid will be developed.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students must be actively engaged in supervised ultrasound clinical practice in the workplace for at least three days a week (or equivalent). It is the student's responsibility to secure a supervised ultrasound clinical placement in the workplace.
Compulsory attainment of a requisite number of ultrasound examinations (Hurdle)
Clinical skills assessment (Hurdle)
2 x Assignments (1,500 words each) (20%)
Written examination (2 hours) (40%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour) (20%)
Reflective journal (20%)
Requirement to obtain a pass: Students must obtain at least 50% of available marks overall and at least 50% of available marks in each of the written examination, and image recognition examination and reflective journal. Hurdle requirements must be met.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
Sonographic scanning methods and standard protocols related to examinations of adult liver, gallbladder, biliary system, pancreas, gastrointestinal tract, urinary system, spleen, retroperitoneum, abdominal wall and related vascular structures. The scientific principles underpinning tissue harmonic imaging and use of contrast agents in abdominal sonography. Interpretational skills in respect to recognition of sonographic appearances of normal anatomy, anatomical variants, disease processes and ability to modify standard sonographic approaches with regards to the clinical question and patient presentation.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students must be actively engaged in supervised ultrasound clinical practice in the workplace for at least three days a week (or equivalent). It is the student's responsibility to secure a supervised ultrasound clinical placement in the workplace.
Compulsory attainment of a requisite number of ultrasound examinations (Hurdle)
2 x Assignments (1,500 words each) (30%)
Written examination (2 hours) (40%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour) (20%)
Clinical skills assessment (10%)
Requirement to obtain a pass: Students must obtain at least 50% of available marks overall and at least 50% of available marks in each of the written examination, and image recognition examination and clinical skills assessment. Hurdle requirements must be met.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
Sonographic scanning methods, standard protocols and interpretational skills for recognition of sonographic appearances of normal anatomy, anatomical variants and disease processes associated with the female pelvis, the scrotum and its contents. Appreciation of when to modify standard approaches to the clinical question and patient presentation and recognise limitations of ultrasound in relation to other medical imaging and laparoscopic examinations of the reproductive system.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students must be actively engaged in supervised ultrasound clinical practice in the workplace for at least three days a week (or equivalent). It is the student's responsibility to secure a supervised ultrasound clinical placement in the workplace.
Compulsory attainment of a requisite number of ultrasound examinations (Hurdle)
2 x 1,500 words assignments (30%)
Written examination (2 hours) (40%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour) (20%)
Clinical skills assessment (10%)
Requirement to obtain a pass: Students must obtain at least 50% of available marks overall and at least 50% of available marks in each of the written examination, and image recognition examination and clinical skills assessment. Hurdle requirements must be met.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
Review of human genetics, pregnancy and human development. Scanning methods/techniques including transabdominal, transvaginal, transperineal related to sonography of the 3 trimesters of pregnancy, evaluation of ectopic pregnancy and assisted fertilisation techniques. Ethical principals re-examined in light of this medical speciality. Ultrasound of multiple pregnancies, obstetric ultrasound interventional techniques, sonographic assessment of gestational age and growth and use of ultrasound in prenatal diagnosis of congenital anomalies and diagnosis of foetal death in utero. Physical principles of visualising surfaces in 3D and their applications for obstetric ultrasound.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students must be actively engaged in supervised ultrasound clinical practice in the workplace for at least three days a week (or equivalent). It is the student's responsibility to secure a supervised ultrasound clinical placement in the workplace.
Compulsory attainment of a requisite number of ultrasound examinations (Hurdle)
2 x Assignments (1,500 words each) (30%)
Written examination (2 hours) (40%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour) (20%)
Clinical skills assessment (10%)
Requirement to obtain a pass: Students must obtain at least 50% of available marks overall and at least 50% of available marks in each of the written examination, and image recognition examination and clinical skills assessment. Hurdle requirements must be met.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
Sonographic scanning methods and standard protocols related to examinations of the musculoskeletal system and paediatric brain, hips and abdomen. Interpretational skills in respect to recognition of sonographic appearances of normal anatomy, anatomical variants, disease processes and the ability to modify standard sonographic approaches with regards to the clinical question and patient presentation. Particular attention will be paid to the principles of neonatal and paediatric patient care.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students must be actively engaged in supervised ultrasound clinical practice in the workplace for at least three days a week (or equivalent). It is the student's responsibility to secure a supervised ultrasound clinical placement in the workplace.
Compulsory attainment of the requisite number of ultrasound examinations (Hurdle)
2 x Assignments (1,500 words each) (30%)
Written examination (2 hours) (40%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour) (20%)
Clinical skills assessment (10%)
Requirement to obtain a pass: Students must obtain at least 50% of available marks overall and at least 50% of available marks in each of the written examination, and image recognition examination and clinical skills assessment. Hurdle requirements must be met.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
Sonographic scanning methods, techniques and protocols related to selected examinations of the cardiovascular system. Gross anatomical structure and function and relevant pathophysiological disorders associated with the cardiovascular and immune systems. Interpretational skills in respect to artefacts and the sonographic appearances of the examinations addressed will be gained. The process of organ rejection and the role of ultrasound in the postoperative evaluation of liver and renal transplants. Quality assurance, sonographic measurement techniques, the utilisation of specific duplex modalities and the use of stents and grafts in vascular surgery.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students must be actively engaged in supervised ultrasound clinical practice in the workplace for at least three days a week (or equivalent). It is the student's responsibility to secure a supervised ultrasound clinical placement in the workplace.
Compulsory attainment of the requisite number of ultrasound examinations (Hurdle)
2 x Assignments (1,500 words each) (30%)
Written examination (2 hours) (40%)
Image recognition examination (1 hour) (20%)
Clinical skills assessment (10%)
Requirement to obtain a pass: Students must obtain at least 50% of available marks overall and at least 50% of available marks in each of the written examination, and image recognition examination and clinical skills assessment. Hurdle requirements must be met.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Online) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
The unit aims to facilitate the process of research in medical ultrasound. Firstly, the unit will extend the knowledge and understanding of research methodology gained in the research methods unit and additionally focus attention upon a range of practical, technical and management issues associated with the conduct of scientific research. The unit will facilitate student access to academics or clinicians offering projects and who will support the student during all stages of the inquiry process.
Upon completion of this unit, students will have gained knowledge and understanding of the research process; an increased capacity to critically appraise the literature; a capacity to apply research findings to their clinical practice; a capacity to communicate research findings to the wider community; and an enhanced capacity to extend the critical, ethical and creative research stance to their everyday clinical practice.
They will:
Literature and research plan (5,000 words) (25%)
Reflective research diary (2,000 words) (5%)
Oral presentation (15 minutes) (10%)
Research report (4,000 words) (60%)
Requirement to obtain a pass: Students must submit all assessment tasks and obtain at least 50% of available marks overall and at least 50% of available marks in the research report.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Moe First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
Concepts and principles of health practice in different communities and the impact on the people in those communities are explored. Differences in communities across Australia are also examined, and their influence on health outcomes and access to health services. The nature of metropolitan and rural communities are also examined and the health/illness patterns explored from a social and epidemiological framework. Structure and function of health care services and their role in maintaining the health status of individuals and communities are covered as well as health care practice in different communities from the point of view of the rural health professional, including consideration of personal and professional issues and on-going issues of recruiting and retaining health professionals in rural areas.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Case study of a rural/remote community (3,000-3,500 words) (50%)
Interview with a rural practitioner (2,500 words) (35%)
Discussion forum (15%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Moe First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anske Robinson |
This unit aims to orientate the student to research through an exploration of the nature of health professional research. The unit will assist students to interpret published research and enhance their appreciation of the ethical issues that health researchers face. The delivery of the unit is via WebCT.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignment: Qualitative research design and data analysis (30%)
Written assignment: Quantitative research design and data analysis (30%)
Written assignment: Critiquing research literature and designing research (40%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Moe First semester 2015 (Online) Moe Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Angelo D'Amore |
This unit is an introduction to research methods used in health research. It aims to equip students with the theoretical knowledge of research design and methods used in undertaking research, and the practical skills to conduct their own research. Students will develop skills in formulating research questions, searching the literature for evidence, identifying and understanding the components of rigorous research design, appropriate data collection strategies and data analysis techniques, and ensuring research is conducted in an ethically and culturally sensitive manner. By the end of the unit, student will have the necessary knowledge and skills to initiate their own research project as the basis for a minor thesis, or to conduct a research project within their workplace.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Web based quizzes (1.5 hours) (15%)
Literature review (2,000 words) (20%)
Presentation (25%)
Methods and ethics protocol (3,000 words) (30%)
Discussion forum (1,000 words) (10%)
For this distance education unit, students are expected to undertake their work during private study time. Students will be expected to log onto Moodie on a regular basis for announcements and updates.
Students will need to undertake readings (available via Moodie) and view online materials (e.g. PowerPoint/audio/visual material).
Students will also be required to undertake regular formative activities. Students will be required to undertake all assessment activities as these are all hurdle requirements to ensure that all learning objectives are covered. The assessments will require preparation ranging from readings, writing and undertaking online activities (quizzes and forum discussions).
See also Unit timetable information
Rural health, Health services management, International health
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Moe Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit explores the context in which drug use and drug management occur in rural areas of Australia. The unit introduces students to current, and at times contentious, debates in the alcohol and other drug field and examines responses to these issues in the community and in services in rural areas. Students are encouraged to critically appraise drug issues and apply these understandings to particular rural communities. Core topics explore: historical context of drug issues; theories of addiction; current drug policies in Australia; the cultural context of drugs and alcohol; drug use in rural Australia; drug services in rural areas; co-morbidity and dual diagnosis.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Discussion group forum (30%)
Short critique (30%)
Essay (40%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Moe First semester 2015 (Online) Moe Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Susan Waller |
This unit is concerned with developing the knowledge and skills necessary for successful rural interprofessional practice. The material will assist health professionals to organise and interconnect activities and roles with other professionals and occupational groups for the benefit of rural patients. The delivery of the unit is a combination of self-directed learning and interactive workshops focusing on theoretical knowledge and practical skills. This unit is relevant to all health professionals and, the skills gained by students are applicable for current and future work in the health sector and, will benefit any subsequent community in which they work.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Workshop 1 (1,500 words equivalence) (25% comprising 10% online discussion and 15% participation in work)
Workshop 2 (2,100 words equivalence) (35% comprising written assignment 15% and 20% participation in work)
Project proposal (2,400 words equivalence) (40%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Moe First semester 2015 (Online) Moe Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Susan Waller |
In this unit students will be implementing the proposal developed in SRH5016. Goals and objectives will be negotiated through individual student learning contracts.
Negotiated clinical project
Project (100%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Moe Second semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Eleanor Mitchell |
Designed to support in the preparation for the independent research project (minor thesis). It contains a theoretical component, but is aimed at teaching practical research skills. Students are taught how to translate their thoughts and interests into a sound research project by undertaking a critical review of the literature, developing a research proposal and preparing an ethics application.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Literature review (2,500 words) (40%) (Hurdle)
Research proposal (2,500 words) (40%) (Hurdle)
Ethics application (1,000 words) (20%) (Hurdle)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Moe First semester 2015 (Online) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
Environmental change can have both direct and indirect effects on human health. Exploring issues such as global climate change and loss of biodiversity, this unit will examine relationships between human health and anthropogenic environmental change (environmental change accelerated by human activity). Questions underpinning students' exploration will be: What is the relationship between the health of the environment and the health of human communities? Do ecological changes affect human health and well being? What are possible solutions? How do we act in the face of lack of evidence, gaps in knowledge, uncertainty and conflicting evidence. The emphasis of the unit will be on global and regional environmental change and how this manifests at a local level in both individuals and populations. The role of health professionals and policy makers will be explored and students will reflect on their own personal viewpoints and practice as professionals and as global citizens. Students will examine local and regional issues relevant to their professional practice and place these in the larger global context. Multidisciplinary approaches to an ecological perspective of health - the concept of a web of interconnected, interacting and dynamic relationships which embeds humans in their physical environment - will be applied to examine issues such as: health effects of global warming; health effects of loss of biodiversity; vector-borne and zoonotic diseases and agricultural pollutants.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Case study analysis (1,500 words) (20%)
Reflective essay (3,000 words) (40%)
Group discussion activities (2,000 words) (40%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marija Dragic |
This unit offers an overview of the history and contemporary context of social work practice within a framework of understanding the connection between social issues, policy development and strategies for sustainable change at both local and global levels. The unit is underpinned by notions of social justice and human rights and offers a preview of topics that will be studied in greater depth in subsequent units within the course.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Major essay (2,500 words) (60%)
Written assessment (2,000 words) (40%)
The unit runs for 12 weeks. Students are expected to undertake 156 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the weekly tasks as set out in the Unit Outline and in the off-campus Unit Guide.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Bernadette Saunders |
This unit introduces students to the history and evolution of the international human rights regime, current debates about human rights locally, nationally and internationally, as well as ethical codes and decision-making processes as they apply to social work practice. The unit provides opportunities for students to explore the foundations of the Australian legal system in a human rights framework and the legal contexts within which social workers practice. The unit addresses concepts of moral philosophy underpinning the AASW Code of Ethics and explores the foundations of ethical decision-making. In line with Monash University's commitment to human rights and social justice, the unit has an overarching human rights approach, within which legal and ethical practice occurs.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
On-campus students - attendance/participation in seminars/tutorials (10%)
Off-campus students - participation in on-line discussion/commentary (10%)
Court/tribunal related short answer questions and/or report (1,500 words) (40%)
A structured written commentary on a human rights, legal and ethical issue or case study (2,000 words) (50%)
On-campus students attend a 3 hour seminar/tutorial.
See also Unit timetable information
Students are required to observe at least one court or tribunal hearing.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uschi Bay |
This unit covers child, adolescent and adult development with an emphasis on the development of resilience across the life course. A particular focus is on risk and protective factors at individual, family, community and societal levels that impede or enhance development. The unit has three parts:
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Critical reflection on the life-span (1,000 words)
Case study analysis that asks student to apply the theoretical knowledge learned to a typical social work client situation (2,000 words)
A biopyschosocial assessment of a child, adolescent or adult (2,000 words)
Completion of a role play assessment activity (1,000 words)
This subject runs for 12 weeks. A twelve point unit requires twenty four hours per week or 312 hours per semester. On campus students will attend for five hours face to face contact per week that will include three hours of lectures and two hours of tutorials. Off-campus students participate in 20 hours residential workshops, four hours per week on online activities and 18 hours per week on private study. Week 12 will not introduce any new material but provide an opportunity for revision and completion of assignments.
See also Unit timetable information
Off-campus students are required to attend a compulsory on-campus workshop for successful completion of this unit, where social work practice skills will be taught.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Grace Brown |
Supervised Professional Practice 1 enables students to operationalise the professional social work role. The unit comprises 70 days (480 hours) of supervised professional practice in the field and 20 hours of skills development and integration of theory and practice in the classroom and in the field. On campus students will attend placement briefings and integration sessions where their placement experiences will be critically reviewed in order to connect with social work knowledge and theory, while off-campus students will work attend skills and integration sessions at compulsory residential workshops. Liaison visits from University staff to the student and supervisor while on placement will also be opportunities to review skills and to facilitate the integration of theory and practice. The successful completion of a total of 1000 hours (clinical placements and skills) in the MSW (Qualifying) will enable graduates to seek social work positions overseas where the completion of 1,000 hours of clinical practice placement is often an eligibility requirement.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Clinical placement: 70 days.
Successful completion of skills component
Learning agreement completed by the student within 15 days of commencement of the placement
Mid-placement review completed by the student and field educator
Final evaluation report completed by the student and field educator
Written case study
Written critical incident report
70 days placement and 20 hours integration.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Melissa Petrakis |
This unit provides an ecological approach to the understanding of contemporary health and mental health concerns that impact on the individuals and families who come to the attention of social work. The subject incorporates weekly direct practice skills seminars to develop key skills for effective social work practice in the health and mental health fields. Social Work interfaces with a range of clients and practice contexts in community health and mental health, in disability, in drug and alcohol settings, in rural and regional settings.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Literature review (1,500 words) (25%)
Case study (1,500 words) (25%)
Essay (3,000 words) (50%)
Reflective journal (3,000 words)
Students must pass all assessment tasks to successfully complete the unit.
The unit runs for 8 weeks. Students are expected to undertake 312 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the weekly unit tasks as set out in the Unit Outline and in the off-campus Unit Guide.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Melissa Petrakis and Associate Professor Rosemary Sheehan
Off-campus students are required to attend a compulsory on-campus workshop for successful completion of this unit, where social work practice skills will be taught.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Catherine Flynn |
In all fields of contemporary social work, practitioners need the skills to effectively consume, produce and apply research knowledge, to ensure that actions are based on appropriate and critiqued evidence. Research is a powerful intervention tool through which change can be achieved with individuals, groups and communities.
This unit is offered as part of the core requirements of the professional association, the AASW. Social work research is seen to be informed by a clear value base and driven to deliver socially constructive outcomes. The unit will explore research processes, presenting a structured approach to the implementation of a research proposal.
There will be particular emphasis on research in practice: program evaluation, needs analyses and program development; as well as the ethical underpinnings of all research. The overall aim of this unit is to encourage students to become critically reflective, research minded practitioners, who contribute in an ongoing way to the knowledge base of the profession.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Review of the available research in a specific field of social work practice (40%)
Research proposal in the chosen field, including research significance, aims, methodology, sampling procedures, data collection and analysis and ethical issues (2,500 words) (60%)
The unit runs for 12 weeks. On-campus students are expected to undertake 156 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the weekly unit tasks as set out in the Unit Outline, including readings and to complete two assignment tasks.
See also Unit timetable information
Off-campus students are expected to undertake 156 hours per semester study. Students are expected to complete weekly reading and other online tasks such contribution to an online discussion group; and to complete two assignment tasks.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Deborah Western |
Group work is a major social work intervention method. In professional practice in the field, social workers are required to practise effective group work interventions in diverse settings, with families, service users, stakeholders, community groups, inter-agency networks, colleagues in the workplace and in policy environments. Students will develop a relationship with a community group or organisation. The unit requires students to work effectively in groups to compare and analyse community groups in which they have been a member.
The unit has a focus on the theory and practice of group work, including the historical development of this social work method, planning and implementing a group work intervention, communication in groups, group leadership and facilitation styles, and managing group dynamics. Students will also learn how to negotiate and navigate a community engagement process with a community group or organisation in the field and successfully complete a 'real-world' group project.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Group project report (1,500 words) (30%)
Group presentation (15%)
Critical reflection and analysis essay (2,500 words) (55%)
Students must pass critical reflection and analysis essay in order to pass the unit.
The unit runs for 12 weeks. Students are expected to undertake 156 hours of study per semester. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the weekly unit tasks as set out in the Unit Outline and in the off-campus Unit Guide (off campus students), which include set readings.
See also Unit timetable information
Mandatory attendance is required by off-campus students for a 2 day workshop which is held at the Caulfield campus of the semester break during Semester 1. Dates to be advised at the beginning of Semester 1.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Term 2 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Grace Brown |
Supervised Professional Practice 2 enables students to operationalise the professional social work role. In doing so, students are expected to be able to conceptualise, articulate and explain the progress they are making in relation to their development of a professional social work identity. Students will learn to assess and analyse social work situations and plan appropriate intervention strategies across a diverse range of social work methods and settings, from direct practice with individuals and groups, community development, program development, agency administration, policy or research.
Theorizing about social problems, critically analysing interventions and reflecting on how one's 'use of self' impacts on social work relationships are essential components of learning in clinical practice placements. In addition, students are expected to complete a piece of practice research and to develop competencies in line with the AASW's practice standards, while adhering to the AASW Code of Ethics.
The unit comprises 70 days (480 hours) of supervised professional practice in the field and 20 hours of skills development in the classroom and in the field. The successful completion of a total of 1,000 hours (clinical placements and skills) in the MSW (Qualifying) will enable graduates to seek social work positions overseas where the completion of 1,000 hours of clinical practice placement is often an eligibility requirement.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Clinical placement: 70 days.
A learning agreement completed by the student within 15 days of commencement of the placement
A mid-placement review completed by the student and field educator
A final evaluation report completed by the student and field educator
A written case study
A written critical incident report
A written research report
Grading in this unit is on a Pass / Fail basis only.
For this unit, 70 days (480 hours) will be spent on placement in agencies and organizations. A further 20 hours will be spent at placement briefings or integration sessions, or in private study. Students are required to complete 6 assessment tasks including two joint reports with field educators.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Philip Mendes |
Students will be introduced to the specific role of social work in social policy analysis and community practice and advocacy. Areas covered will include the meaning and nature of social policy, the key trends and philosophies underlying the positions of the major political parties, the key theories and ideological perspectives in social policy, the link between social policy and the goals and actions of social work, the impact of social structure and social policy on welfare service consumers, the implementation of social policy interventions in everyday social work practice, ideological critiques of the welfare state, the role, strategies and effectiveness of lobby groups in social policy debates, the link between local and global welfare trends, the concepts of community and community work, and the role of community work skills and strategies in social work practice.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
A critical analysis of a current newspaper or popular journal opinion piece on a social policy topic by a prominent politician, journalist, or public commentator (1,000 words) (20%)
An analysis of public policy debates in an area of Australian social policy related to their placement field using the social policy literature (3,500 words) (80%)
Students must pass all assessment tasks to successfully complete the unit.
The unit runs for 8 weeks for on-campus students and 12 weeks for off-campus students.
On-campus students are expected to undertake 156 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake weekly readings as set out in the Unit Outline, and to complete three assignment tasks. This unit will be taught in a total of 36 hours contact time over 8 weeks following the completion of the second fieldwork placement (SWM5108) for full-time students.
See also Unit timetable information
Off-campus students are expected to undertake 156 hours per semester in private study, completing readings and other tasks as outlined on the Blackboard site in the off-campus Unit Guide, and to complete three assignment tasks. Off-campus students are required to attend a compulsory on-campus workshop for successful completion of this unit, where social work practice skills will be taught.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Chris Trotter |
Theories and knowledge regarding direct work with clients in a variety of social work settings. The context of casework practice and some alternative methods of working with individuals and groups.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:
Essay (6,000 words) (70%)
Topic synopsis (1,000 words) (10%)
Essay (2,000 words) (20%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Susan Fletcher |
This unit will introduce students to an understanding of leadership in the human services in Australia as a requirement for social work practice, one that is not always understood or accepted professionally. The human services sector is expanding in the numbers of its component organisations, both governmental and non-governmental, and in the size and complexity of the component parts. Leadership of social change and social justice in the human services is now at a premium, having been given little attention in the past or currently. Little is known of leadership requirements in this sector particularly as contrasted with other service sectors. Students undertaking this unit will be introduced to theories of leadership of humanservice organisations, their programs and policies, and leadership of the new organisational phenomena in this sector, large community service departments, non-governmental consortia, and advocacy organisations. They will also be introduced to other notions of leadership in social work - leadership through research, advocacy and community action.
Subsequently, theories of leadership will be placed against the experiences and views of current social work leaders in this sector, who will be active participants in this unit, so that students gain some understanding of what leadership comprises, what priority actual leaders place on the various aspects of leadership, and what research and theory underpins actual leadership in the policy development, planning and delivery of social services today.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
A critical analysis of contemporary leadership theories in the light of presentations in the classroom and conveyed online, from social work leaders during the unit (2,000 words) (40%)
An assessment of their own actual and potential contribution to social work leadership, based on critical reflection on practice experience,current data on leadership in a specific field of practice and analysis of relevant literature (2,500 words) (60%)
Students must pass both assessment tasks in order to complete the unit successfully.
3 hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
3 hours per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Chris Trotter |
The major focus of this unit is on effective methods of working with offenders in the community after they have been placed on court orders. It discusses the objectives of correctional programs and what works best for whom in terms of reducing re-offending.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay (3,000 words) (25%)
Essay (6,000 words) (75%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uschi Bay |
Theories and models of policy making, program planning and evaluation for human service programs. Organisation contexts and political implications. Key steps in planning and evaluation. Students participate in a planning or evaluation project for a community agency and negotiate the plan with that agency. Students will also take SWM5150 in Semester 2 and finalise the project.
This unit prepares students to plan for the implementation of a planning or evaluation project via learning:
Major report for the community agency (6,000 words) (67%)
Planning and evaluation exercises (3,000 words) (33%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uschi Bay |
Practical application of theories and concepts learned in SWM5140. Conduct of the previously negotiated planning or evaluation exercise; design of methodology, data collection and analysis; report for community agency.
This unit builds on SWM5140. It aims to enable students to learn how to carry out a planning or evaluation project and report on it, integrating the material learned in SWM5140.
Major report for the community agency (6,000 words) (67%)
Planning and evaluation exercises (3,000 words) (33%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Bernadette Saunders |
This unit explores a number of issues related to social work practice that involves children; particularly children whose well-being may be at risk or who have suffered child abuse or neglect. Attention will be drawn to the relationship between the child, the family, the community and the state, with a particular focus on children's perspectives, children's status, and children's rights.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online participation - commentary/discussion (10%)
An annotated bibliography of an issue related to childhood or children in society (3,000 words) (40%)
Detailed plan/selected reference list for an essay on a topic that the student derives from the annotated bibliography (1,000 words) (10%)
Major essay based on assessed topic and detailed plan (4,000 words) (40%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Christopher Trotter |
Unit content will be developed between the student and an appointed staff supervisor. One piece of assessment will be developed and completed by the student for this unit. The nature and content of the assessment itself may vary from student to student depending upon their area of interest, the skill area they wish to develop and, in some cases, the requirements of their work organisation. Topics could include small research projects such as evaluations of particular health and welfare programs, pilot studies, literature reviews, or the learning and implementation of particular social work approaches or theories. The research study or project generally takes the form of an academic project or an advanced practicum project. The focus may be on any field in which social workers are employed, dependant on staff availability to supervise.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Research report, evaluation report or assignment (9,000 words) (100%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Deborah Western |
At the conclusion of this unit, students will be able to:
The unit will cover the nature and characteristics of the social and community services (health and welfare) workforce, industrial relations in this workforce, the different types of organisations in this industrial sector and consequent differences in workforce patterns, theories of human resources management as they relate to the health and welfare workforce and especially to social work staff, administrative control of staff, professional development of staff, support of staff, mediation within and between organisations, professional staff recruitment, supervising professional staff in general and through organisational transitions.
Hurdle requirement of reflective exercises (equivalent to 1,000 words)
Essay (2,000 words) (30%)
Essay or presentation (6,000 words or equivalent) (70%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Chris Trotter |
Topics include the purpose of research and its place in social work; research ethics including intellectual property issues; research designs including qualitative, quantitative, exploratory and experimental methods; developing research questions and hypotheses; sampling and data analysis including statistical analysis and writing research reports.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have developed an understanding of:
Students are also required to demonstrate their ability to develop a research proposal.
One or two assignments totalling 9,000 words including a research proposal (100%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Fiona McDermott |
Current community health concerns and the preoccupations of health policy and services. Frameworks for conceptualising and assessing the health concerns that impact on individuals, families and communities, are analysed and applied to specific health concerns.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay (6,000 words) (67%)
Assignment (3,000 words) (33%)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit presents aspects of contemporary social work policy and practice in ageing through a lens of longevity and ongoing change. Aging is conceptualised in dynamic and innovative ways that reflect and encourage changing perceptions, theoretical understandings and possibilities of this transition phase. The impact of dimensions such as gender, class, location, diversity and spirituality on the transition phases of ageing will be explored. The notion of risk will be examined as an underlying tension in social work practice in this field.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assessment (3,000 words) (40%)
Major essay (6,000 words) (60%)
TBA
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Rosemary Sheehan |
This unit introduces postgraduate students to the epistemologies of practice in mental health and a critical analysis of contemporary mental health issues. It provides advanced knowledge about the context and consequences of mental illness for individuals, families and the broader community. Social Work interfaces with a range of clients and practice contexts, in community and mental health, in disability, child protection, drug and alcohol and criminal justice systems. The unit provides an ecological approach to understanding and intervention in the mental health field.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Literature review (35%)
Major assignment (65%)
Students in OCDL mode have the unit presented as a unit book which contains weekly seminar readings and exercises and may include an online teaching component. This unit runs for 12 weeks. Students are expected to undertake twelve hours per week study in addition to completing weekly unit tasks set readings.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uschi Bay |
This unit has been designed for front line supervisors of human service delivery and allied health staff. Although the unit draws on frameworks for social work supervision, from line supervisors with qualification from many disciplines will also benefit from this unit and find it contains material that is directly relevant to their workplace and their discipline. The unit will be attractive to supervisors (or potential supervisors) who wish to develop their skills in a creative and dynamic way.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Hurdle requirement (equivalent 2,000 words)
Assessment in any medium (equivalent 3,000 words)
Assessment (5,000 words)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Margaret Alston |
In recent decades significant global changes have impacted on the way people and communities live their lives. This unit provides an international and national focus on emerging threats such as climate change, water and food security and on factors such as globalisation and social movements, and their gendered impacts on people and communities. Research from across the world reveals that impacts vary significantly between women and men and that these impacts will affect the abilities of families and communities to sustain themselves into the future. Our ability to live sustainably will be one of the challenges of the twenty-first century. Because of the significant social impacts of these changes, this unit provides a social work perspective to this new field of practice. Social workers will be critical workers providing the link between people, communities and the policy environment.
This unit examines these major factors and the potential social work response. It draws on frameworks for practice including a human rights and anti-oppressive perspective and examines policy responses and how these are potentially shaped by key stakeholders and leaders to the exclusion of others. Critical concepts are gender, social inclusion, resilience and sustainability. The unit draws out ways for social workers to become critical change agents.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Annotated bibliography of an aspect of climate change and social sustainability (3,000 words) (40%)
Essay on social work policy and practice responses to a selected aspect of gender, climate change and social sustainability (6,000 words) (60%)
The unit runs for 13 weeks. For a 12 point unit, off-campus students are expected to spend 24 hours per week completing set tasks outlined in the Unit Guide, undertaking set readings and private research. Online contact such as discussion groups will be initiated by staff.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) Monash Medical Centre Second semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Steven Petratos |
Successful clinical research is conducted under the guise of a well-constructed study question that is feasible, interesting, novel, ethical and relevant. A study design must be conceived with appropriate measures of clinical observation and intervention. This unit will establish a fundamental knowledge in drug development, conducting Clinical Trial studies, designing a good protocol, international conference on harmonisation good clinical practice (ICH-GCP) and delegation of responsibility and co-ordination. The unit provides instruction in the development of a clinical research question and creating a concise protocol that includes literature review, study design, subject sampling and recruitment, instruments and other measurement approaches, sample size, consent form, budget and timetable. The aim of the unit is to introduce students to the processes and regulations involved in developing a therapeutic through to clinical trials. Students completing this unit should be able to construct a testable clinical research question and design a protocol that is ethical, well controlled and statistically powerful. Students should also be able to identify the roles of the sponsor, the investigator, the institutional review board/ independent ethics committee and the local regulators.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay 1 (1,500 words) (20%)
Essay 2 (1,500 words) (20%)
4 x Online self-directed learning tasks (5% each) (20%)
Online test (20%)
Media release about research (500 words) (20%)
On-campus: This unit will be delivered as an intensive 1 week program with a total of 24 hours of face-to-face teaching, including lecture and tutorial workshop time. The remaining 10 hours per week (Over 12 week period) is made up of private study time completing on-line exercises, modules and 2 assignments to be submitted at the end of semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) Monash Medical Centre Second semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Steven Petratos |
Translational research is a growing and exciting new discipline in medicine that deals with the development of fundamental scientific findings into tangible clinical outcomes. Translational researchers are involved in identifying a worthwhile scientific finding that can be applied to a clinical setting. Along this research and development pipeline are a series of critical check-points that provide the investigator vital tools to generate a valuable result that has merit for translation. This unit will establish a fundamental knowledge in the processes involved in developing a basic science finding through to clinical studies. The unit provides workshop-based learning in the development of discipline-specific laboratory research questions and how they are applied to broader clinical applications. The main focus of this unit is to identify how fundamental scientific questions may have multidisciplinary clinical answers. Other core learning outcomes are through understanding how scientific concepts can be marketed and communicated effectively through research pipeline procedures and the responsibilities of the researcher that may be derived from this.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay 1: Intellectual property & commercialisation (1,500 words) (25%)
Essay 2: Bioprocessing/bioinformatics/biobanking/bioimaging/phenomics (1,500 words) (25%)
Media release - executive summary (500 words) (10%)
Online self-directed learning tasks (6 x 5% = 30%)
Online test (1 hour) (10%)
On-campus: This unit will be delivered as an intensive 1 week program with a total of 24 hours of face-to-face teaching, including lecture and tutorial workshop time. The remaining 10 hours per week (Over 12 week period) is made up of private study time completing on-line exercises, modules and 1 major assignment to be submitted at the end of semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Students need to have completed and passed a minimum of 96 credit points in an undergraduate Science Discipline programme prior to enrolling in this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) Monash Medical Centre Second semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Steven Petratos |
Successful clinical research is conducted under the guise of a well-constructed study question that is feasible, interesting, novel, ethical and relevant. A study design must be conceived with appropriate measures of clinical observation and intervention. This unit will establish a fundamental knowledge in drug development, conducting Clinical Trial studies, designing a good protocol, international conference on harmonisation good clinical practice (ICH-GCP) and delegation of responsibility and co-ordination. The unit provides instruction in the development of a clinical research question and creating a concise protocol that includes literature review, study design, subject sampling and recruitment, instruments and other measurement approaches, sample size, consent form, budget and timetable. The aim of the unit is to introduce students to the processes and regulations involved in developing a therapeutic through to clinical trials. Students completing this unit should be able to construct a testable clinical research question and design a protocol that is ethical, well controlled and statistically powerful. Students should also be able to identify the roles of the sponsor, the investigator, the institutional review board/ independent ethics committee and the local regulators.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay 1 (1,500 words) (20%)
Essay 2 (1,500 words) (20%)
4 x Online self-directed learning tasks (5% each) (20%)
Online test (20%)
Media release about research (500 words) (20%)
On-campus: This unit will be delivered as an intensive 1 week program with a total of 24 hours of face-to-face teaching, including lecture and tutorial workshop time. The remaining 10 hours per week (Over 12 week period) is made up of private study time completing on-line exercises, modules and 2 assignments to be submitted at the end of semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) Monash Medical Centre Second semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Steven Petratos |
Translational research is a growing and exciting new discipline in medicine that deals with the development of fundamental scientific findings into tangible clinical outcomes. Translational researchers are involved in identifying a worthwhile scientific finding that can be applied to a clinical setting. Along this research and development pipeline are a series of critical check-points that provide the investigator vital tools to generate a valuable result that has merit for translation. This unit will establish a fundamental knowledge in the processes involved in developing a basic science finding through to clinical studies. The unit provides workshop-based learning in the development of discipline-specific laboratory research questions and how they are applied to broader clinical applications. The main focus of this unit is to identify how fundamental scientific questions may have multidisciplinary clinical answers. Other core learning outcomes are through understanding how scientific concepts can be marketed and communicated effectively through research pipeline procedures and the responsibilities of the researcher that may be derived from this.
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Essay 1: intellectual property & commercialisation (1,500 words) (25%)
Essay 2: bioprocessing/bioinformatics/biobanking/bioimaging/phenomics (1,500 words) (25%)
Media release - executive summary (500 words) (10%)
Online self-directed learning tasks (6 x 5% = 30%)
Online test (1 hour) (10%)
On-campus: This unit will be delivered as an intensive 1 week program with a total of 24 hours of face-to-face teaching, including lecture and tutorial workshop time. The remaining 10 hours per week (Over 12 week period) is made up of private study time completing on-line exercises, modules and 1 major assignment to be submitted at the end of semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Students need to have completed and passed a minimum of 96 credit points in an undergraduate Science Discipline programme prior to enrolling in this unit.